WO2000009738A9 - Rolling circle-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence - Google Patents

Rolling circle-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence

Info

Publication number
WO2000009738A9
WO2000009738A9 PCT/US1999/018808 US9918808W WO0009738A9 WO 2000009738 A9 WO2000009738 A9 WO 2000009738A9 US 9918808 W US9918808 W US 9918808W WO 0009738 A9 WO0009738 A9 WO 0009738A9
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ofthe
oligonucleotide
sequence
sample
cleavage
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1999/018808
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2000009738A1 (en
Inventor
Karen L Woodward
Girish N Nallur
Seth Taylor
Original Assignee
Packard Bioscience Company
Karen L Woodward
Girish N Nallur
Seth Taylor
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Packard Bioscience Company, Karen L Woodward, Girish N Nallur, Seth Taylor filed Critical Packard Bioscience Company
Priority to AU55706/99A priority Critical patent/AU5570699A/en
Publication of WO2000009738A1 publication Critical patent/WO2000009738A1/en
Publication of WO2000009738A9 publication Critical patent/WO2000009738A9/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/6853Nucleic acid amplification reactions using modified primers or templates

Definitions

  • provisional application Serial No. 60/096,830 filed August 17, 1998; provisional application Serial No.
  • the invention relates to a method of analyzing a polynucleotide sequence.
  • the invention features methods for sensitively detecting the presence of a nucleic acid in a sample. Described herein are methods for synergistic multiplexed amplifications of nucleic acids. Multiple individual chemical and biochemical reactions for target identification, amplification, cleavage to unit lengths, and partitioning and detection of each signal independently of other similar signals in the multiplexed reaction can be caused to occur simultaneously in a single tube or device as part of an isothermal process. In one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • a genetic event e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism
  • the method includes:
  • the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an array of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the array of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the oligonucleotide multimer is cleaved and the circular template is not cleaved.
  • the circular template has one or more nucleotide or modified nucleotide which is resistant to cleavage. While the modified nucleotide is resistant to cleavage, when it serves as a template, it nevertheless incorporation ofthe appropriate complementing nucleotide.
  • the circular template but preferably not the oligonucleotide multimer, includes one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base.
  • cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer is effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe (thus forming a ds cleavage site) and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer.
  • the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
  • the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
  • the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing the polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization
  • detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event e.g., a SNP
  • a target nucleic acid e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type
  • 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • a genetic event e.g., a mutation or SNP
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an array.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an array.
  • hybridization to the array is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • the method includes providing an array having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes of the plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe array, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
  • each ofthe capture probes is a
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional array, e.g., a gel array.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320 e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference.
  • the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • the method includes:
  • the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site;
  • the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an array of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each of the capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the array of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
  • the reactions in one or more of steps 1 , 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
  • the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • a genetic event e.g., a SNP
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an array.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an array.
  • hybridization to the array is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference can be used in methods described herein, particularly, the array and array-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
  • the method includes providing an array having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe array, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
  • each ofthe capture probes is a
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional array, e.g., a gel array.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in U.S. Patent No. 5,714,320.
  • the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • the method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
  • the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) optionally at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site;
  • the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c.
  • the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
  • the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
  • the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
  • Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • a region of the circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference, can be used in methods described herein, particularly, the a ⁇ ay and a ⁇ ay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
  • the method includes providing an a ⁇ ay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional a ⁇ ay, e.g., a gel a ⁇ ay.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single- stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in U.S. Patent No. 5,714,320.
  • the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • the method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
  • each single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) optionally at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site, and (iii) an identifier sequence which allows it to be distinguished from at least one other circular template ofthe plurality;
  • the method includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an a ⁇ ay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region complementing to an identifier sequence, hybridizing the product with the array of capture probes.
  • the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container. In prefe ⁇ ed embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
  • the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of: (a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end of the linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
  • Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing the polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization
  • detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event e.g., a SNP
  • a target nucleic acid e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • a genetic event e.g., a mutation or SNP
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference can be used in methods described herein, particularly, the a ⁇ ay and a ⁇ ay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
  • the method includes providing an a ⁇ ay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional a ⁇ ay.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference.
  • the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • the method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
  • the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site;
  • oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer comprises multiple copies (amplified) ofthe sample sequence;
  • cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site. In other prefe ⁇ ed embodiments, the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
  • the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of: (a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
  • Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing the polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization
  • detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event e.g., a SNP
  • a target nucleic acid e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • a genetic event e.g., a mutation or SNP
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • the method includes providing an a ⁇ ay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional a ⁇ ay, e.g., a gel a ⁇ ay.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference.
  • the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • the method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
  • oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer comprises multiple copies (amplified) ofthe sample sequence;
  • the signal increases upon annealing ofthe first and second detection oligonucleotides.
  • the signal decreases upon annealing of the first and second detection.
  • the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing the polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • the method includes providing an a ⁇ ay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes of the plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320 e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5,714,320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference.
  • the invention features, a rolling circle vector.
  • the vector includes: a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complementary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid; a binding site for a type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the cleavage site for the type IIS restriction enzyme is located within the first nucleic acid contacting region; optionally, a primer target sequence, which can be used to provide for amplification ofthe vector when it circularized; a second type IIS restriction enzyme binding site; a second nucleic acid contacting region that is complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid and which includes the cleavage site for the second type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends of the vector can be joined, e.g., by ligation.
  • the elements are in the recited order.
  • the first and second type 2s restriction enzymes sites are recognized by the same type IIS restriction enzyme.
  • the first type IIS restriction enzyme site is for a first type IIs restriction enzyme and the second type IIS restriction enzymes site is for a second type IIS restriction enzyme.
  • the invention features, a method of providing a nucleotide fragment containing a target sequence.
  • the method includes: providing a target nucleic acid sequence; contacting the target nucleic acid sequence with a vector having, a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complementary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid; a binding site for a type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the cleavage site for the type IIS restriction enzyme is located within the first nucleic acid contacting region; optionally, a primer target sequence, which can be used to provide for amplification of the vector when it circularized; a second type IIS restriction enzyme binding site; a second nucleic acid contacting region that is complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid and which includes the cleavage site for the second type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon dybridization of the vector to the target the ends of the vector can be joined, e.g., by ligation; allowing the first nucleic acid contacting region and the second nucleic acid contacting region to hybridize to said target; joining the
  • the invention features, an excision vector.
  • the vector includes: a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complimentary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid (in prefe ⁇ ed embodiments one or more nucleotides of this region can vary in a population of vectors, for example one vector could have (t) at an inte ⁇ ogation position while another vector could have (a) at the inte ⁇ ogation position); optionally a primer sequence which allows for rolling circle amplification of the vector; optionally a spacer region; a sequence tag region, which preferably include four to ten nucleotide, which can allow for identification ofthe vector; a cleavage site for example a site for cleavage by a restriction enzyme; a second nucleic acid contacting region which in complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends ofthe vector can be joined, e.e., by ligation
  • the invention features, a plurality ofthe above vectors, wherein the plurality include the vector having a first nucleotide at the inte ⁇ ogation position and a vector having a second nucleotide at the inte ⁇ ogation position.
  • the plurality prefers includes vectors having each of A,C,T,G, at the inte ⁇ ogation site.
  • the invention features, a method of analyzing a target sequence. The method includes: providing a target sequence; contacting the target sequence with a vector having a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complimentary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid (in prefe ⁇ ed embodiments one or more nucleotides of this region can vary in a population of vectors, for example one vector could have (t) at an inte ⁇ ogation position while another vector could have (a) at the inte ⁇ ogation position); optionally a primer sequence which allows for rolling circle amplification of the vector; optionally a spacer region; a sequence tag region, which preferably include four to ten nucleotide, which can allow for identification ofthe vector; a cleavage site for example a site for cleavage by a restriction enzyme; a second nucleic acid
  • Prefe ⁇ ed embodiments ofthe method include hybridizing cleavage products ofthe rolling circle amplified vector to an identifier probe for example, a probe, located on an ordered a ⁇ ay of probes, thereby allowing analysis ofthe sample, for example by identification ofthe identity ofthe inte ⁇ ogation nucleotide.
  • the invention features, a pair of oglionucleotides useful for forming a cleavage site on an amplified rolling circle vector product.
  • the set of oglionucletides includes: a 5' oglionucletide having a restriction enzyme binding site and a spacer region which is three prime to said binding site; a 3' oglionucletide which contains a sequence tag for example a sequence of five to eight nucleotide which allows for identification of a given oglionuclotide and a mixture of other oglionuclotides; wherein said 5' and 3' oglionuclotides hybridize to adjacent region on a rolling circle amplification product, and where upon cleavage of a double stranded duplex formed by hybridization ofthe 5' and 3' oglinucleotide to the linear product, a fragment is produced which contains the oglinuclotides sequence tag at its three primed end.
  • the invention features, method of analyzing a target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the method includes: providing a target sequence; contacting a rolling circle vector with said target and allowing rolling circle amplification to proceed; contacting the amplified rolling circle product with a 5' oglionucletide having a restriction enzyme binding site and a spacer region which is three prime to said binding site; a 3' oglionucletide which contains a sequence tag for example a sequence of five to eight nucleotide which allows for identification of a given oglionuclotide and a mixture of other oglionuclotides; wherein said 5' and 3' oglionuclotides hybridize to adjacent region on a rolling circle amplification product, and where upon cleavage of a double stranded duplex formed by hybridization ofthe 5' and 3' oglinucleotide to the linear product, a fragment is produced which contains the oglinuclotides sequence tag at its three primed
  • the invention features, a set of oglinucleotides for analyzing a target sequence.
  • the set include a first and a second oglinuclotide wherein; the first oglinuclotide includes preferably in the recited order, regions A,B,C, (optionally D), E, B'l, and F, wherein region A and region F can hybridize to regions A' and F' respectively on the target sequence and wherein A' and F' are positioned so that such hybridization of A and F to A' and F' allows hybridization between B and B' ofthe first oglionuclotide, and wherein the duplex formed by B and B' forms a cleavage site which upon cleavage results in the formation of linear cleavage product which includes region C, optionally D, and region E;
  • the second oglionucleotide includes region C and region E prime, wherein region C is complimentary to region C and region E', is complimentary to region E on the first vector and wherein contact ofthe second oglionuclotide product with the cleavage product and hybridization of C to C and E to E' result in circularizing the C optionally D, E, cleavage product.
  • the invention features, a method of analyzing a test nucleotide in a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
  • a genetic event e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism
  • the method includes:
  • sample polynucleotide sequence which includes a test nucleotide, to be analyzed; (2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample polynucleotide sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template includes at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample polynucleotide sequence and optionally,
  • sample polynucleotide sequence is provided by:
  • the first primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template; (ii) synthesizing a first DNA sequence covalently attached to the first primer and complementary to the RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template.
  • the first DNA sequence and the first primer comprise a second template; (iii) separating the first template from the second template to allow hybridization of a second primer;
  • the second primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a DNA sequence ofthe second template.
  • the second primer also has an antisense sequence of a promoter and an antisense sequence of a transcription initiation site for a RNA polymerase;
  • the first primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template; (iii) synthesizing a first DNA sequence covalently attached to the first primer and complementary to the RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template.
  • the first DNA sequence and the first primer comprise a second template; (iv) separating the first template from the second template to allow hybridization of a second primer;
  • the second primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a DNA sequence ofthe second template.
  • the second primer also has an antisense sequence of a promoter and an antisense sequence of a transcription initiation site for a RNA polymerase;
  • the second and third DNA sequences, the second primer and the second template comprise a third template;
  • the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, upon cleavage is sufficiently close to an end ofthe cleaved amplified product such that its presence can be detected by its effect on a reaction which involves the end nucleotide ofthe cleavage product.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the sample nucleic acid serves as a primer.
  • synthesis is primed with a nucleic acid other than the sample nucleic acid.
  • the reaction is a hybridization reaction.
  • the reaction is a ligation reaction, a polymerization reaction, e.g., a DNA polymerase catalyzed reaction, modification, or a restriction or other cleavage reaction.
  • the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide is within 1 (i.e., it is at the end), 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe cleaved amplified product.
  • the circular oligonucleotide template can be formed, e.g., in the reaction mix, from a linear precursor.
  • the circular oligonucleotide can be resistant to cleavage, providing for more efficient amplification. Other variants are described below.
  • the circular oligonucleic template is prepared by a process which includes the steps of:
  • a positioning oligonucleotide e.g., a sample sequence
  • the positioning oligonucleotide has a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned such that they can be joined, e.g., as to abut each other; and
  • oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template.
  • the oligonucleotide multimer is cleaved and the circular template is not cleaved.
  • the circular template has one or more nucleotide or modified nucleotide which is resistant to cleavage. While the modified nucleotide is resistant to cleavage, when it serves as a template, it nevertheless inco ⁇ oration ofthe appropriate complementing nucleotide.
  • the circular template but preferably not the oligonucleotide multimer, can include one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base to render the circular template more resistant to cleavage.
  • Preferential cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer can be effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe (thus forming a double stranded cleavage site) and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence, cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence, or cleaves at the target nucleotide.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes differentially to a sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • a genetic event e.g., a mutation or SNP
  • the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature. In prefe ⁇ ed embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the products of rolling circle amplification can be analyzed in various ways.
  • the products of rolling circle application are analyzed on positional a ⁇ ays.
  • the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an a ⁇ ay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positional distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the a ⁇ ay of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • the method includes providing an a ⁇ ay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes of the plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional a ⁇ ay, e.g., a gel a ⁇ ay.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single- stranded circular templates is positional distinguishable from other single- stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positional distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320 e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls.
  • 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • the primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized.
  • the method further includes providing an effective amount of a cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site. In other prefe ⁇ ed embodiments, the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
  • the method further includes providing an effective amount of a first detection oligonucleotide having a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide having a second detecting moiety, wherein the first and second oligonucleotides hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety.
  • the invention features, a method of analyzing a test nucleotide in a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hism, in a sample.
  • a genetic event e.g., a single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hism
  • the method includes:
  • the sample nucleic acid serves as a primer.
  • synthesis is primed with a nucleic acid other than the sample nucleic acid.
  • the reaction is a hybridization reaction.
  • the reaction is a ligation reaction, a polymerization reaction, e.g., a DNA polymerase catalyzed reaction, modification, or a restriction or other cleavage reaction.
  • test nucleotide or its complementary nucleotide, is within 1 (i.e., it is at the end), 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end of the cleaved amplified product.
  • the circular oligonucleotide template can be formed, e.g., in the reaction mix, from a linear precursor.
  • the circular oligonucleotide can be resistant to cleavage, providing for more efficient amplification. Other variants are described below.
  • the circular oligonucleic template is prepared by a process which includes the steps of:
  • a positioning oligonucleotide e.g., a sample sequence
  • the positioning oligonucleotide has a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned such that they can be joined, e.g., as to abut each other; and
  • the oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template.
  • the oligonucleotide multimer is cleaved and the circular template is not cleaved.
  • the circular template has one or more nucleotide or modified nucleotide which is resistant to cleavage. While the modified nucleotide is resistant to cleavage, when it serves as a template, it nevertheless inco ⁇ oration ofthe appropriate complementing nucleotide.
  • the circular template but preferably not the oligonucleotide multimer, can include one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base to render the circular template more resistant to cleavage.
  • Preferential cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer can be effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe (thus forming a double stranded cleavage site) and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer.
  • a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of
  • the circular template is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence, cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence, or cleaves at the target nucleotide.
  • a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes differentially to a sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • a genetic event e.g., a mutation or SNP
  • the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
  • the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the products of rolling circle amplification can be analyzed in various ways.
  • the products of rolling circle application are analyzed on positional a ⁇ ays.
  • the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an a ⁇ ay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positional distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the a ⁇ ay of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the capture probes are single stranded probes in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • the method includes providing an array having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional a ⁇ ay, e.g., a gel a ⁇ ay.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positional distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positional distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320 e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls.
  • 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • the primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized.
  • the method further includes providing an effective amount of a cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
  • the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
  • the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
  • the method further includes providing an effective amount of a first detection oligonucleotide having a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide having a second detecting moiety, wherein the first and second oligonucleotides hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety.
  • the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a specific nucleotide sequence or a genetic event in a sample.
  • the method includes:
  • oligonucleotide includes, preferably in a 5' to 3' orientation, a unique region which is complementary to a target sequence in the sample polynucleotide sequence, optionally a spacer region, a first pairing region, a connecting region which preferably is not homologous to the sample sequence, optionally a second spacer region, a second pairing region which is complementary to the first pairing region, and a second unique region complementary to a second adjacent sequence in the target polynucleotide; wherein hybridization of the unique regions to the sample promotes formation of a duplex between said first and second pairing regions, and wherein said duplex includes a cleavage site; (b) cleaving the duplex to produce a cleaved product; and
  • Rolling circle amplification can be primed by a primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
  • the invention further includes ligating the cleaved product to form a circle and using the circle to promote rolling circle amplification, to produce an oligonucleotide product.
  • the method further includes providing a ligation template oligonucleotide which hybridizes to the cleaved product and thereby brings the ends ofthe cleaved product in proximity for a reaction, e.g., ligation.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of a sequence, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing the polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization
  • detecting the presence of a sequence or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotide includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
  • analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of a sequence, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • sequencing the polynucleotide sequence e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization
  • detecting the presence of a sequence or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
  • a region ofthe oligonucleotide is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and does not hybridize to a sample nucleic acid not having the event.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
  • the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
  • the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
  • the oligonucleotide is a single stranded capture probe in an a ⁇ ay.
  • the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an a ⁇ ay.
  • hybridization to the a ⁇ ay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
  • the oligonucleotide product which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
  • the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
  • the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an oligonucleotide product, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • a nucleic acid used in the method e.g., an oligonucleotide product, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction.
  • the enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme.
  • the oligonucleotide product which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe.
  • the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized oligonucleotide product.
  • Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.
  • the capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
  • the method includes providing an a ⁇ ay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe a ⁇ ay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the
  • At least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional a ⁇ ay, e.g., a gel a ⁇ ay.
  • the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded oligonucleotides, wherein each ofthe single-stranded oligonucleotdies is positionally distinguishable from other oligonucleotide ofthe plurality on the a ⁇ ay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable oligonucleotide includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
  • an oligonucleotide has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide is constructed of DNA.
  • a liquid e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe oligonucleotide and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
  • the polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320 e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320.
  • the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320 apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • compositions and methods include: (1) An isothermal process for the quantitative detection ofthe presence of one or more nucleic acids in a sample by selective amplification of said nucleic acids using a series of chemical and enzymatic steps in a multiplex assay format
  • Describing assay conditions for sequence-specific partitioning of nucleic acid sequence tags by specific hybridization and/or ligation ofthe nucleic acid tags onto a device containing a ⁇ ayed oligonucleotides Describing a variety of detection methods for determining the quantitative presence of nucleic acids in the original mixture. Detection methods include, but are not limited to, fluorescent labels, redox labels and electronic detection methods either by themselves or in conjunction. Cost efficient and rapid process for quantitative analysis of nucleic acids in a multiplex format
  • the invention provides methods and devices for the quantitative detection of nucleic acids present in a sample.
  • the methods are based on the specific recognition of a target nucleic acid present in the sample by hybridization ofthe target nucleic acid with an oligonucleotide designed to yield a circular nucleic acid molecule by the action of a nucleic acid ligase, such as DNA or RNA ligase.
  • a nucleic acid ligase such as DNA or RNA ligase.
  • the covalently closed circle can be amplified by an integrated series of enzymatic and/or chemical reactions to yield multiple copies of linear single stranded replicas ofthe original circle.
  • Further enzymatic steps can include amplification of circles by polymerases capable of strand displacement and simultaneous preferential cleavage ofthe linear relative to the parent circular nucleic acid molecule, using, e.g, sequence- specific endonucleases.
  • Cleaved nucleic acid replicas can be partitioned by specific hybridization and immobilized by sequence specific-recognition onto an a ⁇ ay element containing oligonucleotide(s) packaged into the device.
  • Each a ⁇ ay element can specifically capture cleaved fragments arising from a single initial recognition event representing the target nucleic acid in the original sample.
  • the signal intensity detected at each element can then reflect the relative abundance ofthe target molecule relative to other nucleic acid targets or alleles in the original sample.
  • a multitude of a ⁇ ay elements can capture a multitude of cleaved fragment species.
  • assay conditions for multiplexing nucleic acid amplification and detection processes This allows for the simultaneous analysis of a large number of nucleic acid fragments present in the sample.
  • a specific quantitative signal is detected for each allele or nucleic acid fragment present in the sample.
  • Spatial separation of the amplification targets into distinct a ⁇ ay elements eliminates competition of simultaneously amplifying targets and improves the fidelity and yield ofthe overall process. Further, the spatial separation provides a direct means of marking amplification targets that yield insufficient or no signals due to failed amplification reactions that potentially arise from failure of priming events or mispriming. These steps minimize generation of ambiguous data and facilitates troubleshooting attempts.
  • Detection methods can rely on , e.g., fluorescent signals, redox pairs, electronic detection, or enzymatic reactions.
  • Devices for miniaturization and parallel analysis of nucleic acids in a sample can include, e.g., microplates, acrylamide gel pads, flow-through chips, and or other supports.
  • all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing ofthe present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are inco ⁇ orated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control.
  • the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. Other features and advantages ofthe invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.
  • Figs. 1 A-E are a drawings showing the steps and reagents involved in analyzing a target nucleic acid sequence.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic drawing of a TRCA vector.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic drawing of a drop-out TRCA vector.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic drawing of a TRCA excision vector.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic drawing of a TRACE vector.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic drawing of a TRCA primer.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic drawing of a cleavage oligonucleotide.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic drawing of a cleavage oligonucleotide formed from two short oligonucleotides.
  • Embodiments of the invention are based on the use of circular vectors (as described in 5,714,320) to analyze a sequence, e.g., to sequence the nucleic acid in question, or to identify SNPs, mutations and RNA molecules, or to clarify a sample, e.g., as to disease state, or generally in expression profiling or analysis.
  • the circular vectors can be closed circular vectors, open circular vectors which when brought into contact with the analyte, have abutting ends which can be covalently linked, e.g., ligated.
  • Rolling circle amplification is used to generate many copies of an oligo preferably with defined ends (as described in 5,714,320).
  • the single-stranded product of rolling circle amplification can be rendered double-stranded by the annealing of un-circularized, complementary probe vector.
  • the ds DNA RCA product can be fragmented, e.g., using a typellS restriction enzyme, such that the DNA is cleaved in the middle, or at the ends, ofthe region generated by the ligation reaction.
  • the dsDNA fragments generated by the restriction digest can be analyzed, e.g., on an a ⁇ ay, e.g., an a ⁇ ay of indexing linkers (see, e.g., 5,508,169).
  • the probe vector is labeled with capture or anchoring moiety, e.g., a biotin group, then it is possible to render the dsDNA fragments generated from fragmentation ofthe RCA product single-stranded by thermal denaturation following the addition of capture or anchoring moiety reactive, e.g., strepavidin-labeled, substrates, e.g., magnetic beads or a solid support.
  • the single- stranded DNA fragments can be analyzed on a Cantor a ⁇ ay. These oligonucleotides are analyzed on a Cantor Capture a ⁇ ay (see, e.g., 5,503,980) using, e.g., fluorescent detection methodology.
  • the captured DNA fragments are analyzed using mass spectrometry.
  • the target DNA is applied to a multiplicity of wells and a population of RCA vectors is added to each well.
  • the RCA products are analyzed using mass spectrometry following fragmentation, where the amplification of specific RCA vectors is determined by differences in molecular weight of the RCA product fragments.
  • RCA vectors can be analyzed simultaneously in a single reaction using this approach.
  • Fig. 1 The steps involved in analyzing a polynucleotide sequence as described herein are depicted in Fig. 1.
  • One or both strands of one or more nucleic acids contained in a sample of nucleic acids, 110 is contacted with a mixture of nucleic acids containing one or more TRCA vectors, 112, and other reagents.
  • the nucleic acids in the sample constitute single-stranded, double-stranded or partially double stranded DNA or RNA, a mixture of DNA or RNA, DNA-RNA hybrids where one strand is a molecule of DNA and the other strand is a molecule of RNA that may be partially or wholly hybridized to each other with or without gaps.
  • the methods are equally adaptable to the use of composite DNA-RNA hybrids where part of one strand of a molecule is composed of DNA and the remaining part ofthe same strand is composed of RNA.
  • the nucleic acid or acids in the sample may originate from genomic DNA, total or fractionated RNA from cells and tissues of living organisms or microorganisms, viruses, or recombinant DNA molecules originating from these samples.
  • the contacted nucleic acid may first be converted to a single strand of nucleic acid, 111, by one or more methods including, alkali denaturation, heat denaturation, enzymatic treatments, or other methods known in the art.
  • the reagents preferably include enzymes, oligonucleotides and primers, nucleotides, ribo- or deoxyribonucleotides, dideoxyribonucleotides, or other modified nucleotides, detection tags such as fluorophores or other detection moieties tagged to oligonucleotides or in solution, and one or more optional reagents.
  • 112 is appropriately hybridized to 111 without gaps and is ligated to create a circular thermophilic rolling circle amplification (TRCA) vector, 113.
  • TRCA circular thermophilic rolling circle amplification
  • the TRCA primer 114 appropriately hybridized to 113 is extended by the action of a polymerase, preferably a thermostable polymerase exhibiting strand displacement activity, and nucleotide triphosphates to yield a concatamer of single-stranded DNA 115, where each unit ofthe concatamer is a replica of, and complementary to the sequence and polarity of 112.
  • This process described in Fig. 1 may optionally include a cleavage step.
  • a cleavage primer, 116 anneals by hybridization to complementary sites on 115 and reconstitutes a partial double stranded nucleic acid structure 117.
  • the double stranded region preferably contains one or more target sites for a recognition means 118, such as an endonuclease.
  • the recognition means is preferably a restriction endonuclease of the type IIs type, less preferably any restriction endonuclease, or any protein that recognizes and binds to double stranded DNA, preferably resulting in cleavage ofthe recognized nucleic acid.
  • cleavage of concatamers 115 results in the formation of a partial duplex such as 117, wherein one strand 119, constitutes a unit length nucleic acid containing the sequence of 111 , and the other strand or strands comprises of short oligonucleotides such as, 120 and 121, containing sequences from the cleavage primer, 116.
  • the thermal stability of 120 and 121 is less than that of 116. 120 and 121 therefore dissociate from 119 at elevated temperatures.
  • the Tm of 120 and 121 is considerably less than the operating temperature ofthe process.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide 116 contains a fluorophore 123 and quencher 124 pair.
  • cleavage of 122 after hybridization to 119 and digestion by a restriction endonuclease releases the quenching effect of 124 and is detected as an increase in fluorescence intensity of 123.
  • the methods are equally adaptable to alternate placements of 123 and 124 at any position along the length ofthe oligonucleotide 116.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide 116 is composed of 2 separate oligomers 125 and 126, that together constitute the sequence of 116.
  • 125 and 126 hybridize without gaps to adjacent sets of nucleotides contained in 119 and are stabilized by base stacking.
  • moieties 123 and 124 preferably constitute a FRET pair in a homogeneous assay.
  • one or more nucleotides in either 125 or 126 or both contain degenerate positions, modified nucleotides or additional modifications.
  • an optional reporter oligonucleotide 127 is present.
  • 127 is composed, at least in part, of ribonucleo tides, preferably a composite DNA:RNA hybrid oligonucleotide. 128, the RNA portion of 127, is partly or wholly complementary to any region of 119 or its concatamer and is typically 50 to 75 nucleotides in length, more preferably 30-60 nucleotides in length, and most preferably, 10-25 nucleotides in length.
  • 127 is composed of two distinct oligomers 131 and 132, which together constitute the sequence of 127. In prefe ⁇ ed embodiments, 131 and 132 hybridize without gaps to adjacent sets of nucleotides contained in 119 and are stabilized by base stacking.
  • the DNA segments, 129 and 130 are each preferably 10-20 nucleotides in length, more preferably 7-15 nucleotides in length, and most preferably 5-8 nucleotides in length.
  • the sequence of nucleotides contained in 129 and 130 are preferably complementary only in part, or not at all, to any region of contiguous bases in any ofthe nucleic acids or oligonucleotides contained in the reaction mixture.
  • reporter moieties 133 and 134 preferably contain reporter moieties 133 and 134, that constitute any of, but not limited to, detection tags such as fluorophores that form either a FRET-quench or FRET pair, more preferably a FRET pair, or chemiluminescent tags, haptens, capture or capturing moieties, amplification tags, or other modifications know in the art that provide a selective advantage or enhance the overall efficiency ofthe process.
  • Either 129 or 130, or both may optionally be partially or wholly double stranded.
  • sequences for additional recognition means or amplification may be encoded in 129 or 130, or both.
  • reporter oligonucleotides contain ribonucleotides
  • detection signals can be generated using a ribonuclease protection assay.
  • Positional a ⁇ ays suitable for the present invention include high and low density a ⁇ ays on a two dimensional or three dimensional surface.
  • Positional a ⁇ ays include nucleic acid molecules, peptide nucleic acids or high affinity binding molecules of known sequence attached to predefined locations on a surface. Arrays of this nature are described in numerous patents which are inco ⁇ orated herein by reference, Cantor US 5,503,980; Southern EP 0373 203 Bl; Southern 5,700,637 and Deugau 5,508,169.
  • the density ofthe a ⁇ ay can range from a low density format, e.g., a microtiter plate, e.g., a 96- or 384- well microtiter plate, to a high density format, e.g.
  • the surface on which the a ⁇ ays are formed can be two dimensional, e.g., glass, plastic, polystyrene, or three dimensional, e.g. polymer gel pads, e.g. polyacrylamide gel pads of a selected depth, width and height.
  • the target or probes bind to (and can be eluted from) the a ⁇ ay at a single temperature. This can be effected by manipulating the length or concentration ofthe a ⁇ ay or nucleic acid which hybridizes to it, by manipulating ionic strength or by providing modified bases.
  • Proximity methods include those methods whereby a signal is generated when a first member and second member of a proximity detection pair (e.g., a first and second detection moiety) are brought into close proximity.
  • a proximity detection pair e.g., a first and second detection moiety
  • a “proximity detection pair” will have two members, the first member, e.g., an energy absorbing donor or a photosensitive molecule and the second member, e.g., an energy absorbing acceptor or a chemiluminescer particle. When the first and second members ofthe proximity detection pair are brought into close proximity, a signal is generated.
  • the first member e.g., an energy absorbing donor or a photosensitive molecule
  • the second member e.g., an energy absorbing acceptor or a chemiluminescer particle.
  • proximity methods include the following:
  • Fluorescence resonance energy transfer Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) is based on a donor fluorophore that absorbs a photon of energy and enters an excited state.
  • the donor fluorophore transfers its energy to an acceptor fluorophore when the two fluorophores are in close proximity by a process of non-radiative energy transfer.
  • the acceptor fluorophore enters an excited state and eliminates the energy via radiative or non-radiative processes. Transfer of energy from the donor fluorophore to acceptor fluorophore only occurs if the two fluorophores are in close proximity.
  • HTRF Homogeneous time resolved fluorescence
  • Homogeneous time resolved fluorescence uses FRET between two fluorophores and measures the fluorescent signals from a homogenous assay in which all components ofthe assay are present during measurement.
  • the fluorescent signal from HTRF is measured after a time delay, thereby eliminating interfering signals.
  • One example of the donor and acceptor fluorophores in HTRF include europium cryptate [(Eu)K] and XL665, respectively.
  • LOCI Luminescent oxygen channeling assay
  • the proximity detection pairs includes a first member which is a sensitizer particle that contains phthalocyanine.
  • the phthalocyanine absorbs energy at 680nm and produces singlet oxygen.
  • the second member is a chemiluminescer particle that contains olefin which reacts with the singlet oxygen to produce chemiluminescence which decays in one second and is measured at 570nm. The reaction with the singlet oxygen and the subsequent emission depends on the proximity ofthe first and second members ofthe proximity detection pair.
  • Gel pad a ⁇ ays can be used as ordered a ⁇ ays in methods described herein.
  • Gel pads, including a ⁇ ays of gel pads, can be prepared by a variety of methods, some of which are known in the art. For example, see, e.g.,
  • a sample which contains a target (analyte) polynucleotide such as a sample which contains genomic DNA
  • An a ⁇ ay of gel pads on a first solid support can be employed to perform an analysis on a plurality of samples, and or using a plurality of probes to detect a plurality of characteristics, e.g., SNPs, of a sample or samples.
  • the genomic DNA is preferably digested (e.g., with a restriction enzyme) to provide shorter fragments of DNA which can easily diffuse into the gel pad(s).
  • the gel pad composition and/or the size of fragments can be selected to permit the target polynucleotides to diffuse into the gel pad, and/or to prevent larger pieces of, e.g., genomic DNA from diffusing into the gel pad.
  • the small volume ofthe gel pad(s) preferably less than about 1 microliter, more preferably less than about 500, 100, 50, 10, 5, 1, 055, or 0.1 nano liters per gel pad, permits the diffusion of reactants and target to occur in a conveniently short time period (e.g., preferably less than 5, 2, 1, 0.5, or 0.1 minutes). After the sample polynucleotide has diffused into the gel pad, the remaining sample can be washed away.
  • a ⁇ ay can be any pattern of spaced-apart gel pads disposed on a substrate; a ⁇ ays can be conveniently provided in a grid pattern, but other patterns can also be used.
  • a gel pad a ⁇ ay includes at least about 10 gel pads, more preferably at least about 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, or 10000 gel pads.
  • the a ⁇ ay is an a ⁇ ay of gel pads of substantially equal size, thickness, density, and the like, e.g., to ensure that each gel pad behaves consistently when contacted with a test mixture.
  • the pads of a gel pad a ⁇ ay can differ from one another; e.g., a mixed gel pad a ⁇ ay can be constructed which includes more than one size or type of gel pad, e.g., gel pads made of different gel materials, or which entrap different species such as reagents or polynucleotide probes.
  • gel pads in an a ⁇ ay are less than about 1 mm in diameter (or along a side, e.g., in the case of square gel pads), more preferably less than about 500 microns, still more preferably less than about 100, 75, 50, 25, 10, 5, or 1 micron in diameter.
  • a gel pad can have any convenient dimension for use in a particular assay.
  • a gel pad is thin enough, and porous enough, to permit rapid diffusion of at least certain reaction components into the gel pad when a solution or suspension is place din contact with the gel pad.
  • a gel pad a ⁇ ay for use in sequencing by hybridization permits polynucleotide fragments from a sample mixture to diffuse (within a conveniently short time period) into the gel pads and hybridize to oligonucleotide capture sequences disposed within the gel pads.
  • a gel pad (e.g., in an a ⁇ ay of gel pads) has a thickness of at least about 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 or 100 microns. In certain prefe ⁇ ed embodiments, a gel pad (e.g., in an a ⁇ ay of gel pads) has a thickness of less than about 1 millimeter, 500 microns, 200, 100,
  • Primers or other reagents can be immobiilized in the gel pads of the gel pad a ⁇ ay to prevent migration ofthe primer out ofthe gel pad.
  • the immobililzation can be permanent or reversible; covalent or non-covalent.
  • an electrical potential can be used to promote a chemical reaction in a gel pad.
  • electrochemical reductive or oxidative cleavage reactions are well known in the art, and can be promoted by application of an appropriate electrical potential to a reaction mixture.
  • application of a potential to a gel pad can be used to promote an oxidative or reductive reaction in the pad.
  • Any gel pad in an a ⁇ ay of gel pads can be selectively targeted for reaction by applying a potential to that gel pad (and its opposed gel pad on the opposing substrate), preferably without subjecting other gel pads in the a ⁇ ay to the electrical potential.
  • an electrical potential can be used to promote the migration of a reaction component into a gel pad.
  • selected gel pads of an a ⁇ ay of contacted, opposed gel pads can be subjected to an electrical potential to promote the migration of reaction components into, or out of, the gel pad (and, preferably, into the opposed gel pad and/or a reaction mixture which su ⁇ ounds the gel pad).
  • an electrical potential can be used to promote a change in the characteristics ofthe gel pad.
  • so-called “intelligent gels” have been reported, which are responsive to electrical cu ⁇ ents, e.g., the gel shrinks or swells in response to electrical potential.
  • application of an electrical potential can be used to cause a gel pad to shrink, which could interrupt the electrical cu ⁇ ent.
  • a form of feedback control can be attained, e.g., to prevent gel pads from contacting an opposing gel pad, or to maintain opposed gel pads in contact with each other for any desired period of time.
  • a PCR amplification can then be performed by subjecting the gel pads to thermal cycling as is known in the art.
  • the thermal cycling can be performed with the gel pads in direct contact, or, the gel pads can be separated once the appropriate reaction components have diffused into each gel pad, and each separated gel pad (or a ⁇ ay) can be subjected to thermal cycling. In certain embodiments, it is prefe ⁇ ed to separate the pads, to prevent thermal stresses from causing cracking or other loss of integrity of a pad. If desired the gel pads can be brought back into contact after any round of thermal cycling.
  • Sealing can be provided by placing the gel pads in a hermetically sealed container such as a chamber, or alternatively by covering the gel pad with a non-evaporating liquid such as an oil (which can be removed after cycling, e.g., by washing with a suitable solvent or detergent solution). Between rounds of cycling, the pads can be exposed to fresh reagent solutions, if necessary, e.g., by opening the sealed chamber or by washing away a protective oil layer.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as a chamber
  • a non-evaporating liquid such as an oil
  • the gel pads can be washed to remove excess reagents.
  • the washing step is performed under conditions which do not remove the immobilized (and now extended) primers, but which do remove non-immobilized primers, and other reactants.
  • the gel pads can now be analyzed to determine a characteristic, e.g., an SNP ofthe immobilized primers.
  • Either gel pad can be analyzed, or both can be analyzed to provide a redundant analysis (e.g., the analysis of one strand can be compared to the analysis ofthe other strand to ensure accurate results).
  • a gel pad containing a strand can also be retained as a backup or for record keeping pu ⁇ oses.
  • the analysis includes: providing primers which bind adjacent to an SNP, dideoxynucleo tides (ddNTPs), and a polymerase (which can be the same polymerase used for the PCR reaction).
  • the ddNTPs are preferably labeled, e.g., with distinct, distinguishable fluorescent labels.
  • the primers are then extended with the polymerase, and the gel pads are washed to remove the uninco ⁇ orated reactants.
  • the base present at the SNP can then be determined by detection ofthe labeled ddNTP present in the gel pad.
  • a ⁇ ays of gel pads can be used, with a first a ⁇ ay of gel pads being provided on a first substrate (e.g., a glass plate) and second a ⁇ ay of gel pads being provided on a second substrate.
  • the first and second a ⁇ ays are preferably prepared in registration, e.g., having the same size, number, and separation of gel pads, so that when the two substrates are brought into close contact, each gel pad ofthe first a ⁇ ay is in contact with a gel pad ofthe second a ⁇ ay.
  • sample e.g., PCR products
  • sample can be distributed to multiple wells, the number depending on the number of polymo ⁇ hisms in the amplified region to be analyzed - two wells can be for each polymo ⁇ hism (e.g., 192 biallelic polymo ⁇ hisms on a 384- well plate).
  • each PCR reaction can be divided between two wells.
  • An open circle probe could be added to each well.
  • Each allele of each polymo ⁇ hism should have a separate probe. If both strands were to be analyzed, twice as many probes and twice as many wells would be required.
  • the probes which anneal would be ligated, and then RCA would be performed with labeled dNTPs, preferably two labels, so that both labels are inco ⁇ orated into the RCA product.
  • the labels might be prompt fluorescence FRET pairs or haptens to which HTRF or LOCI labels could be bound after the RCA. Alleles would be determined by comparing the signals in the two wells containing the two co ⁇ esponding padlock (circular) probes.
  • thermocycler can be used to automate the liquid handling.
  • Amplification e.g., PCR (or NASBA) can be performed in gel pads, with RCA probes. In this case the probe would be annealed to the immobilized amplification product in the gel pad.
  • the probe design would be relatively simple.
  • Probes for both (all four) alleles for all polymo ⁇ hism sites on the a ⁇ ay would be applied to the a ⁇ ay.
  • the probes would contain allele-specific tags, of which there would be a total of only four - one for each base A, C, G, T.
  • Competing pentamers would not be used, since both (all four) alleles would be present during the hybridization and ligation.
  • the restriction site would not be necessary, In fact, it would be undesirable, since small fragments could diffuse from the gel pads.
  • the RCA products would be labeled with generic allele-specific hybridization probes labeled with different color fluorophors, of which there would be only four (A, C, G, T).
  • the sequences ofthe allele-specific tags and the probes obviously could be designed to provide very unambiguous differentiation of the four possible alleles (assuming the four fluorescent dyes could be adequately separated). Note that in this case there is great flexibility in the labeling of the probes (compared to the use of fluorescent ddNTP terminators).
  • PCR rolling circle amplification
  • PCR or some alternative like NASBA
  • regions of genomic DNA containing sites of polymo ⁇ hisms can be amplified by PCR prior to contact with circular templates.
  • the uninco ⁇ orated primers and dNTPs can be destroyed enzymatically (exonuclease and shrimp alkaline phosphatase). The enzymes would then be destroyed by heating at 80° C.
  • the TRCA vector is a stretch of nucleic acid sequence designed to contact a nucleic acid in a sample of nucleic acids.
  • the TRCA vector is a single strand of deoxyribonucleotides.
  • the TRCA vector is between 30 and 150 length in length, more preferably between 45 and 130 length and most preferable between 75 and 111 nucleotides in length.
  • FIG. 2 A schematic drawing of a TRCA vector is shown in Fig. 2.
  • the TRCA vector contains the following structurally distinguishable regions as depicted in Fig. 2, a phosphate group, 211, at the 5' end, and a first nucleic acid contacting region, 212, that is complementary to a portion of the nucleic acid fragment in the sample.
  • one or more nucleotides in 212 may be designed so as to contain a degenerate (e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at the position) nucleotide, more specifically at the 5 ' terminal position of 212 represented by 213.
  • a degenerate e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at the position
  • 212 is 25-35 nucleotides long, more preferably 15-20 nucleotides long, most preferable 5-18 bases long.
  • a first spacer segment 214 preferably consisting of 0-16 nucleotides, more preferably of 4-14 nucleotides and most preferably of 8-12 nucleotides.
  • the TRCA vector also includes a cleavage oligonucleotide target sequence, 220, that has the same 5' to 3' polarity and sequence as the cleavage oligonucleotide.
  • the target sequence 220 is preferably about 15-30 nucleotides long and is, in turn, composed of 5 distinct regions: a unique region, 215, consisting of a variable number of nucleotides, a region 218, containing the recognition site for a type IIs restriction endonuclease, a region 219, whose length is determined by the cleavage property of the particular type IIs enzyme used and is equal to the number of nucleotides of double strand sequence produced after cleavage.
  • the region 219 is followed by a sequence tag region, 216, that is preferably composed of 4-8 nucleotides and is more preferably 5 nucleotides in length.
  • the 5 '-most nucleotide of 216 is placed at a fixed displacement from both 218 and 219, so as to position the cleavage site at the phospohodiester bond between the 3 '-most nucleotide of 219 and the 5 '-most nucleotide of 216.
  • the TRCA vector also contains a region 217, which has a variable number of nucleotides, and a TRCA primer target sequence, 221, consisting of a variable number of nucleotides. At its 3' end, 221 is bounded by the sequence tag region 216.
  • the TRCA vector additionally contains a second spacer region, 222, preferably consisting of 0-16 nucleotides, more preferably of 4-14 nucleotides and most preferably of 8-12 nucleotides, and a second nucleic acid contacting region, 223, that is complementary to a region ofthe nucleic acid that is immediately adjacent to or present at a fixed displacement from hybridizing region of first nucleic acid contacting region, 212, on the fragment in the sample.
  • a second spacer region, 222 preferably consisting of 0-16 nucleotides, more preferably of 4-14 nucleotides and most preferably of 8-12 nucleotides
  • a second nucleic acid contacting region, 223 that is complementary to a region ofthe nucleic acid that is immediately adjacent to or present at a fixed displacement from hybridizing region of first nucleic acid contacting region, 212, on the fragment in the sample.
  • 223 may be designed to contain a degenerate nucleotide(s). In prefe ⁇ ed embodiments, 223 is 25-35 nucleotides long, more preferably 15-20 nucleotides long, most preferable 5-18 bases long.
  • the nucleic acid contacting regions 212 and 223 are designed to contact contiguous bases of a nucleic acid without gaps.
  • 212 and 213 hybridize to noncontiguous regions of the nucleic acid fragments, in which case a single stranded gap is produced that is bounded by the 5' and 3' ends of the TRCA vector.
  • these gaps will be filled either by extension by a polymerase in the presence of deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates, or by ligation of short oligonucleotides whose length is equal to the length of the gap-
  • the sequence of short oligonucleotides hybridized in the gaps by base stacking can be determined by mass spectrometry.
  • sequence of short oligonucleotides hybridized in the gaps by base stacking can be determined by hybridization to a Mirzabekov generic chip, or by contacting with a PSBH a ⁇ ay.
  • sequence of short oligonucleotides hybridized in the gaps by base stacking will be determined by contacting with an oligonucleotide ligation a ⁇ ay.
  • the TRCA vector may contain additional segments consisting of a variable number of nucleotides.
  • the additional segments may consist of promoter regions for DNA or RNA polymerases, such as T3 or T7 polymerases, sequences representing recognition or cleavage sites or both for sequence specific nucleic acid binding proteins, ribozymes, splice acceptor or donor sites or both, ribosome binding or translation initiation sites, or any other sequences known in the art that provide a selective advantage or improve the efficiency ofthe process.
  • Asymmetric sites may be placed either in the same or reverse polarity with respect to the TRCA vector sequence.
  • Additional segments may include nucleic acid sequences that preferentially form hai ⁇ ins, chi structures, D- loops, cruciform or other specialized structures that provide a selective advantage or increase the overall efficiency ofthe process.
  • Oligonucleotides and primers may be partially or wholly double stranded or may be composed partly or wholly of ribonucleotides or a combination thereof. They may be composed of one or more modified nucleotides including, but not limited to, nucleotides such as inosine, 5- methyl cytosine, 7-methyl guanosine, 7-aza guanosine, etc.
  • one or more nucleotides ofthe TRCA vector or other oligonucleotide or primer may contain modifications at one or more nucleotide positions. These include, but are not limited to attachment moieties such as biotin, amino or sulfhydryl groups, fluorescent labels, haptens such as 2,4-dinitrophenol or digoxigenin, nucleotide analogs such as peptide nucleic acids (PNA), or other modifications known in the art. The modifications may be attached to the oligonucleotide either directly to the bases, to the phosphate backbone or elsewhere along the length of the oligonucleotide.
  • attachment moieties such as biotin, amino or sulfhydryl groups, fluorescent labels, haptens such as 2,4-dinitrophenol or digoxigenin, nucleotide analogs such as peptide nucleic acids (PNA), or other modifications known in the art.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acids
  • Aliphatic or aromatic linkers may be used to attach modifications to the oligonucleotides.
  • the linkers preferably contain between 3-12 repeating monomeric units but may be of any length known in the art.
  • the linkers may contain one or more labile groups to serve as release means. The methods are equally adaptable to heat-labile, photo-labile, or chemo-labile, or other release mechanisms known in the art.
  • Drop-out TRCA Vector Fig. 3 provides a schematic drawing of a second TRCA vector
  • the TRCA drop-out vector 520 is a stretch of nucleic acids designed to contact a nucleic acid in a sample of nucleic acids.
  • the vector 520 can be a single strand of nucleotides, e.g., deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides, nucleotide analogues or combinations thereof.
  • vector 520 includes a phosphate group 511 located at the 5' end, which is followed by a first nucleic acid contacting region 512.
  • the first nucleic acid contacting region 512 is complementary to a portion ofthe nucleic acid in a sample.
  • the first nucleic acid contacting region 512 can be, e.g., 20-30 nucleotides, 10-20 nucleotides, or 12-17 nucleotides.
  • first recognition site 513 for a first type IIS restriction enzyme.
  • the length of the first recognition site 513 is determined by the recognition and cleavage properties ofthe restriction enzyme.
  • the nucleotide cleavage site for the Type IIS enzyme recognizing the first recognition site 513 is within cleavage site 514, which is located within first nucleic acid contacting region 512.
  • Cleavage site 514 can be, e.g., 10-20 bases from the 5' phosphate group of 512, 8-15 bases from the 5' phosphate group, or 5- 10 bases from the 5' phosphate group.
  • the first recognition site 513 is followed by a TRCA primer target sequence 515.
  • the TRCA primer sequence 515 can be, e.g., 35-40 nucleotides, 25-35 nucleotides, or, 15-25 nucleotides.
  • the TRCA primer target sequence 515 is followed by a second recognition site 516, for a second Type IIS restriction enzyme.
  • the length ofthe second recognition site 516 is determined by the recognition and cleavage properties ofthe restriction enzyme.
  • a second nucleic acid contacting region 517 that is complementary to a second portion of a sample nucleic acid.
  • the hybridizing portions ofthe target nucleic acid are preferably contiguous stretches of nucleotides without gaps.
  • the second nucleic acid contacting region 517 can be, e.g., 20-30 nucleotides, 10-20 nucleotides, or 8-14 nucleotides.
  • one or more nucleotides in the second nucleic acid contacting region 517 may be designed so as to contain a degenerate nucleotide, e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at the portion, more specifically at the 3' terminal position 519 ofthe second nucleic acid contacting region 517.
  • the 3' most cleavage site 518 for the restriction enzyme 2 is adjacent to the 3' most nucleotide of region 517.
  • the 3' most nucleotide of 518 is placed at a fixed displacement from recognition site 516, so as to position the 3' restriction enzyme cleavage site at the phosphodiester bond at the 3' most nucleotide ofthe second nucleic acid contacting region 517.
  • the TRCA "drop out" vector is in an inverse polarity, i.e, is in a 3' to 5' orientation relative to the 5' to 3' orientation shown in Fig. 3.
  • the TRCA excision vector 620 allows for excision of a target sequence and is a stretch of nucleic acids designed to contact a nucleic acid in a sample of nucleic acids.
  • the TRCA excision vector 620 can be a single strand of nucleotides, e.g., deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides, nucleotide analogues or combinations thereof.
  • the TRCA excision vector 620 in a 5' to 3' orientation, contains a phosphate group 611 at the 5' end and a first nucleic acid contacting region 612 that is complementary to a portion of nucleic acid in a sample.
  • one or more nucleotides in the first nucleic acid contacting region 612 may be designed so as to contain a degenerate nucleotide, e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at one or more nucleotides, e.g., at the 5' terminal position 613 ofthe first nucleic acid contacting region 612.
  • the first nucleic acid contacting region 612 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15-20 nucleotides long, or 5-18 bases.
  • the first nucleic acid contacting region 612 is followed by region 614, which is complementary to a TRCA primer sequence.
  • the TRCA primer sequence can be, e.g., 35-40 nucleotides, 25-35 nucleotides, or 15-25 nucleotides.
  • the complementary TRCA primer has a 5' non-complementary region that creates a 5' non-complementary tail, e.g., as indicated in the TRCA primer 114 of Fig. 1.
  • Region 614 is followed by a spacer 615 that is composed of, e.g., 0-8 nucleotides.
  • sequence tag region 616 Adjacent to the spacer 615 is a sequence tag region 616 that is, e.g., 4-10 nucleotides or 5 nucleotides. Sequence tag region 616 is followed by a restriction enzyme recognition site 617, whose length is determined by the cleavage and recognition properties ofthe particular restriction enzyme. The cleavage site 618 for the restriction enzyme is contained at the 3' end ofthe restriction enzyme recognition site 617, so that cleavage will result in generation of a fragment most preferably 5-10 nucleotides in length containing the sequence tag region 616 at its 3' end. Following region 618 is a second nucleic acid contacting region
  • the second nucleic acid contacting region 619 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15- 20, or 5-18 nucleotides.
  • the TRCA excision vector is in an inverse polarity, i.e, is in a 3' to 5' orientation relative to the 5' to 3' orientation shown in Fig. 4.
  • the TRCA excision vector 620 allows for excision of a target sequence upon digestion with a restriction enzyme recognizing the enzyme recognition site 617.
  • Fig. 5 illustrates a schematic drawing of a TRACE vector, for thermophilic rolling circle amplification after cleavage with endonuclease.
  • the TRACE vector 815 is composed, in a 5' to 3' orientation, of a first unique region 811 that is complementary to a target nucleic acid in a sample.
  • the first unique region 811 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15-25 nucleotides, or 5-15 nucleotides in length.
  • the first unique region 811 is connected to a first spacer region 825.
  • the first spacer region 825 can be, e.g., 10-15, 5-10, or 0-5 nucleotides.
  • first paring region 812 Located to the 3' end ofthe first spacer region 825 is a first paring region 812, which includes a recognition sequence 813.
  • first spacer element 214 Located to the 3' end ofthe first pairing region is a first spacer element 214, which is also indicated as 814 in the Fig. 5, and elements 215-222 as described above and illustrated in Fig. 2.
  • a second recognition sequence 817 Located to the 3' end ofthe second spacer region 222, also indicated as 816 in Fig. 5, is a second recognition sequence 817.
  • a double stranded region generated by complementary base pairing, preferably without gaps, between regions 812 and 817 creates a recognition sequence 813 for a restriction means, e.g., an endonuclease, a restriction endonuclease, e.g., a Type IIS restriction endonuclease.
  • the recognition site 813 is positioned to produce cleavage at the junction of 812 and 814 on one strand ofthe duplex.
  • Second spacer region 826 Located on the 3' side ofthe second recognition sequence 817 is a second spacer region 826 which is preferably not complementary to the first spacer region 825.
  • Second spacer region 826 is, e.g., 10-15 nucleotides long, more preferably 5-10 nucleotides long and most preferably 0-5 nucleotides long.
  • the second spacer region 826 is connected on its 3' end to a second unique region 819 that is complementary to a target nucleic acid in a sample.
  • the second unique region 819 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15-25 nucleotides, or 5-15 nucleotides in length.
  • the first and second spacer regions 825 and 826 are preferably not complementary nucleotides in the target nucleic acid fragment between regions contacted by unique regions 811 and 819.
  • the ligation template oligonucleotide 820 is comprised, in order, of a first region 821 complementary to a part of region 215 ofthe TRACE vector 815.
  • First region 821 can be, e.g., 10-20 nucleotides, 8-15 nucleotides, or 5-10 nucleotides long.
  • First region 821 is followed by second region 822 that is complementary to region 214.
  • Second region 822 is in turn followed by third region 828, which is complementary to a sequence 827 on the TRACE vector between elements 222 and 817.
  • fourth region 823 On the 3' end of third region 828 is fourth region 823, which is complementary to region 221 ofthe vector 815.
  • Ligation template oligonucleotide 820 is thus designed so that after double strand cleavage of vector 815 by a recognition means specifically recognizing 813, the resulting cleaved ends include a phosphate group at the 5' terminal nucleotide of 814 and a hydroxyl group at the 3' terminal nucleotide of 827. These ends are juxtaposed by hybridization without gaps due to sequence complementarity to regions 822 and 828, respectively. As a result, they are targets for ligation by a ligase, such as a DNA ligase. Thus, ligation template oligonucleotide 820 is opposite in polarity to the 5' to 3' orientation of the vector 815.
  • the structure of one TRCA primer is depicted in Fig. 6.
  • the TRCA primer consists of a variable number of nucleotides and is preferably 26 to 45 nucleotides.
  • the TRCA primer includes at least 3 functionally distinct segments. The presence ofthe 5' most segment, 311, is optional.
  • the 311 segment is composed of 8-15 nucleotides whose sequence is non- complementary to any contiguous region of the TRCA vector or other nucleic acids used in the TRCA process.
  • the 5' end ofthe TRCA primer preferably lacks a phosphate group but may optionally contain a capture moiety such as biotin, amine-, sulfhydryl-, succinimidyl, or other moieties.
  • segment 312 is preferably composed of 18-30 nucleotides that are complementary to a contiguous region ofthe RCA vector.
  • Segment 313 includes the terminal 6-8 nucleotides ofthe TRCA primer that are complementary to the sequence tag region, 216. 313 is capable of serving as an extension initiation site for a polymerase when co ⁇ ectly hybridized to the TRCA vector.
  • the TRCA primer may contain one or more additional segments of a variable number of nucleotides, particularly at or near its 3' end.
  • the TRCA primer may contain alternate or modified bases.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide is a single strand oligonucleotide capable of hybridization to polymerase extension products arising from the procedure shown in Tig. 1.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to the extension products and thus provides a partially double stranded region or regions on the concatamer.
  • the double stranded region includes, in order, the restriction endonuclease recognition site, the number of nucleotides present between the recognition and cleavage sites ofthe type IIs re and cleavage site, as well as additional flanking nucleotides.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide includes a first spacer region, 411, preferably of 5-12 nucleotides, a restriction enzyme recognition site, 4.12, whose length is specified by the property ofthe restriction enzyme used, preferably in the range of 4-6 nucleotides, a segment 4.13 whose length in nucleotides is equal to the number of bases of double-stranded region between the restriction enzyme recognition and cleavage sites, a region 4.14, whose sequence is complementary to the sequence tag site, 216 in the TRCA vector, and a second spacer region, 4.15, consisting of a variable number of nucleotides, preferably 5-12 nucleotides.
  • the 5' end of cleavage oligonucleotide 4.10 is not phosphorylated and the 3 ' hydroxyl moiety is blocked by a chemical moiety, 4.16, such as phosphorylation, 3 '-O-methyl modification or other method known in the art.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide is comprised of two short oligonucleotides stabilized by base stacking on the TRCA linear products.
  • a schematic drawing ofthe two part cleavage oligonucleotide is shown in Fig. 8.
  • the 5' oligonucleotide 711 can be, e.g., 5- 12 nucleotides, and contains a restriction enzyme recognition site 712 whose length is specified by the property ofthe restriction enzyme used, and can be, e.g., in the range of 4-6 nucleotides.
  • a spacer region of 1-14 nucleotides 713, follows restriction recognition site 712.
  • the second oligonucleotide 714 contains a sequence tag of preferably 5-8 nucleotides in length.
  • Hybridization of oligonucleotides 711 and 714 to a TRCA linear product 716 creates a double-stranded cleavage site containing a single stranded nick.
  • the recognition site 712 is approximately positioned on 5' oligonucleotide 711 so that the single strand nick is located at the junction of oligonucleotides 713 and 714.
  • Cleavage ofthe duplex creates fragment 719 containing the 5-8 nucleotide sequence tag on the 3-end ofthe DNA.
  • Capture and a ⁇ aying of oligonucleotide capture probes using the Mirzabekov generic chip hybridization are known in the art.
  • Capture and a ⁇ aying of oligonucleotide capture probes using the positional sequencing by hybridization (PSBH are also known in the art.
  • the various enzymes described herein are either commercially available or may be prepared by methods know in the art. These include ligases, polymerases, restriction endonucleases, ribonucleases, RNase H, other DNA modifying enzymes, redox enzymes, b-lactamase, metal binding proteins, green fluorescent protein, proteases, and kinases. Enzymes may also be employed for tagging nucleic acids, detection of signals, or as anchors.
  • Suitable proteins are those that have affinity to or bind to DNA. These include, but are not limited to, Ssb, recA or its homologues, or other proteins that associate with DNA such as transcription or replication factors, or those that form complexes with proteins that exhibit properties of association with DNA.
  • This methods described herein are equally adaptable to the use of chemical entities that associate with DNA either in a sequence-specific or unspecific manner, including chemicals such as pyrylium iodide (P2), propidium iodide (PI) ,ethidium bromide, TOTO, YOYO, Sybr Green, neocarzinostatin, cisplatin, bleomycin, etc.
  • chemicals such as pyrylium iodide (P2), propidium iodide (PI) ,ethidium bromide, TOTO, YOYO, Sybr Green, neocarzinostatin, cisplatin, bleomycin, etc.
  • TRCA assays are preferably performed in microplates, preferably in 96-well microplates, more preferably in 384-well plates, most preferably in 1536-well plates.
  • TRCA assay products can be partitioned by specific hybridization and/or ligation to nucleic acid tags within acrylamide gel pad a ⁇ ays.
  • TRCA assays can be miniaturized to allow TRCA and detection to occur simultaneously on the gel pad a ⁇ ays.
  • the methods described herein can be performed in single tubes, on surfaces such as glass, silica matrices, cellulose, nitrocellulose, nylon, or aluminum oxide membranes, acrylamide, polystyrene, polypropylene, vinyl acetate, polymethacrylate, polyethylene, polyethylene oxide, polycarbonates, polyesters, polypropylfumarates, polyglycollic acid, polyanhydrides, glycosaminoglycans, polyaminoacids, silicon rubber, agarose, latex, silicon dioxide, fluorocarbons, metal supports, teflon, plastic, or other surfaces known in the art.
  • surfaces such as glass, silica matrices, cellulose, nitrocellulose, nylon, or aluminum oxide membranes, acrylamide, polystyrene, polypropylene, vinyl acetate, polymethacrylate, polyethylene, polyethylene oxide, polycarbonates, polyesters, polypropylfumarates, polyglycollic acid, polyanhydrides,
  • the surfaces can have any form including, but not limited to, three-dimensional pads such as gel pads, gel pad a ⁇ ays, wells or microwells, porous structures such as channels, microchannels, beads or microparticles.
  • the prefe ⁇ ed forms ofthe substrate include microtiter dishes, three dimensional acrylamide or agarose gel pad a ⁇ ays, and porous membranes.
  • the methods are equally adaptable to other forms ofthe substrate such as thin films, bottles, dishes, fibers, or shaped polymers.
  • One more components ofthe TRCA process may be immobilized in one or more microwells or elements of a gel pad a ⁇ ay.
  • these components include, but are not limited to, components such as the target nucleic acid, oligonucleotides such as, TRCA primer, cleavage oligonucleotide, oligonucleotides that inte ⁇ ogate the sequence ofthe sequence tags of TRCA vectors, or capture oligonucleotides, singly or in combination.
  • the TRCA process is performed in the absence of cleavage steps.
  • a single species of a TRCA primer is immobilized in a well of a microplate.
  • the TRCA reaction mixture containing the target, enzymes, oligonucleotides and primers, and other components ofthe TRCA process are incubated in a microwell. Following circle closure by the action of a ligase, extended concatameric single stranded nucleic acids are anchored in the microwell. The extended products are quantitated. In prefe ⁇ ed embodiments, detection and quantitation ofthe signals generated are preferably performed by a homogeneous assay, preferably a beacon assay.
  • the TRCA process includes a cleavage step.
  • capture probe or probes are immobilized in the microwell in addition to the TRCA primer. Signals generated by interactions ofthe cleaved fragments are either spatially resolved by positional features ofthe capture probes or spectrally resolved by generating a separate signal for each capture event and quantitated.
  • a plurality of capture probes immobilized in each microwell or gel pad capture a plurality of signals or potential signals generated in the pad by sequence encoding.
  • sequence encoding is herein described in specific relation to signals generated in a single gel pad or microwell by a cleaved fragment containing a sequence tag, 3' GTATC -5'.
  • the gel pad or microwell contains 4 immobilized capture probes that contain the 3' termini,
  • the 5 '-most region of the capture probe depicted by the stretch of Nl nucleotides, the invariant region, is specific to capture probe 1. It is important to note that the invariant region is not a homopolymeric stretch of nucleotides but can be composed of any sequence of nucleotides.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the invariant region is preferably not homologous to any sequence of contiguous nucleotides in the TRCA vector.
  • Cleaved fragments are inte ⁇ ogated by specific hybridization of the 3' terminal sequences of cleaved fragment, namely the sequence tag region to the 3' terminal 5 bases ofthe capture probe as shown.
  • the 3 ' terminal nucleotide contained in the cleaved fragment namely G in this example, is inte ⁇ ogated by the 5th nucleotide from the 3' end ofthe capture oligonucleotide.
  • the reporter oligonucleotide whose sequence is complementary to sequence ofthe invariant region of capture oligonucleotides also hybridizes, such that the 5' terminal nucleotide ofthe reporter oligonucleotide is in register with the 6th nucleotide ofthe capture probe.
  • the cleaved fragment and the reporter oligonucleotide are hybridized adjacent to each other without gaps on the capture probe and hybridization ofthe reporter oligonucleotide is stabilized by base stacking or ligation.
  • the four distinct capture probe sequences hybridize to four distinct reporter oligonucleotides.
  • Each ofthe reporter oligonucleotides is tagged with a distinct detection moiety. Sequence encoding is then achieved by the specific signal detected in the gel pad. In the example cited above, a single signal due to capture probe 1 is detected, which co ⁇ esponds to the specific detection moiety tagged to reporter oligonucleotide 1 that hybridizes to capture probe 1.
  • a ⁇ ays can be analyzed using mass spectrophotometry, in which is based on analysis of oligos hybridized in gap;
  • Mirzabekov analyses in which sequence analysis of oligos hybridized in gap by base-stacking hybridization to generic chip;Cantor/PSBH analyses, which rely on oligonucleotide ligation, e.g., gap-filling or double ligation.
  • DNA generated from TRCA is labeled directly during the DNA polymerization step by inco ⁇ oration of a fluorescently labeled deoxynucleotide using any ofthe methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • the unit length product of the TRCA reaction contains a known number ofthe deoxynucleotides to be labeled such that the number of unit length products can be quantitated by direct fluorescence measurements.
  • DNA generated from TRCA is labeled passively by hybridization to a labeled oligonucleotide containing sequences complementary to either the TRCA products themselves or to a capture oligonucleotide.
  • Passive oligonucleotides are labeled using fluorescence, hap tens, or proteins using any ofthe methods known to those skilled in the art. Each unit length TRCA product will react directly or indirectly with one labeled passive oligonucleotide allowing direct quantitation.
  • Probe nucleotides can alternatively be labeled using FRET nucleic acid probes. Oligonucleotides labeled on the 5' or 3' end, or two separate oligonucleotide probes with FRET pair indicators, can be used to detect a target TRCA product sequence through energy transfer upon DNA hybridization. FRET pair molecules can be placed on the 5' and 3' ends of labeling oligonucleotides can be commercially synthesized using methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • RNA containing probe from RNase digestion. Protection of RNA containing probe allows protection of the FRET pair and prevents loss of fluorescence transfer in the presence of RNase.
  • Yet another method of detection utilizes FRET-Quench nucleic acid probes.
  • RNase H detection hybridization of an RNA containing
  • FRET-Quench oligonucleotide to unit length TRCA products allows cleavage of the RNA containing probe by RNaseH. Cleavage of the RNA-DNA duplex results in fluorescence increase of the donor molecule.
  • hybridization of a FRET-Quench oligonucleotide containing a restriction enzyme recognition and cleavage site to the TRCA products allows cleavage of the TRCA product-oligonucleotide hybrid. Cleavage of the FRET-quench oligonucleotide thus results in fluorescence increase ofthe donor molecule.
  • Detection can alternatively occur using methods based on reversible protein interaction, disulfide bond formation, or appropriate redox labels.
  • NADH oxidase Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked NADH oxidase allows direct detection of electron production followed by the reduction of di-oxygen to hydrogen peroxide. Electrochemical measurements ofthe redox reaction allows detection of the interaction between the enzyme labeled passive oligonucleotide and the TRCA products.
  • mo ⁇ hinone reductase and thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to mo ⁇ hinone reductase allows detection via electron transfer concomitant with the reduction of NADH using codeinone as the oxidizing substrate. Electrochemical measurements ofthe redox reaction allows detection of the interaction between the enzyme labeled passive oligonucleotide and the TRCA products.
  • Suitable chromophoric substrates can include b ⁇ -lactamase.
  • Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to a b ⁇ -lactamase allows detection of a passive oligonucleotide via cleavage of a chromophoric substrate (i.e. nitrocefin).
  • Cleavage ofthe b ⁇ -lactam ring results in a change in the absorbance maxima of the chromophore.
  • An increase in the absorbance maxima of the cleavage product is an indicator of an interaction between a b ⁇ -lactamase linked passive oligonucleotide and TRCA products.
  • Fluorescent substrates can utilize the action of proteases.
  • Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to an any protease allows detection via cleavage of a peptide substrate containing a FRET-Quench pair on its termini. Cleavage of the peptide thus results in fluorescence increase of the donor molecule.
  • b ⁇ - ⁇ lactamase ⁇ ⁇ b ⁇ -lactamase activity can also be detected by a substrate molecules that changes from green to blue when cleaved (due to disruption of FRET) (Zlokarnik et al., 1998). The change in emission ratio reveals interaction between a b ⁇ -lactamase linked passive oligonucleotide TRCA products.
  • Thiol end labeled oligonucleotides disulfide linked to carbonic anhydrase allows detection of a passive oligonucleotide via a pH sensitive fluorophore, pyranine (Shingles and Moroney, 1997). Production of CO2 changes the pH ofthe solution and increases the fluorescence of the indicator.
  • Thiol end labeled oligonucleotides disulfide linked to a protein kinase allows detection ofthe oligonucleotide via cleavage of a FRET-quench pair labeled substrate causes an increase in the fluorescence ofthe donor molecule.
  • Detection methods can also be based on metal binding proteins.
  • the 20 Cys residues in metallothionein allows binding of seven Zn2+ per enzyme molecule.
  • Addition of a reducing agent to the complex of the thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to a 7: 1 metallothionein:Zn2+ complex results in release of the bound Zn2+ (Maret and Vallee, 1998).
  • Quantitation of free Zn2+ with an indicator dye allows quantitiation of the interaction between the passive oligonucleotide and the TRCA amplification.
  • thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to fluorescently labeled calmodulin can be detected by Ca+ induced changes in protein fluorescence (Blair et al., 1994).
  • bound unlabeled calmodulin can be detected using a
  • Ca2+ luminescent analog such as a lanthanide (Hill et al., 1994) or quinoline indicator (Tatsumi et al., 1997). Since one protein will bind per interaction between the passive oligonucleotide and a TRCA product, any of these methods will allow quantitiation of the TRCA amplification.
  • An additional detection system is based on Green Fluorescent Protein/Green Fluorescent Protein tags (GFP). Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to GFP and/or GFP -tagged proteins allows direct fluorescence detection ofthe interaction between the passive oligonucleotide and the amplified TRCA products.
  • GFP Green Fluorescent Protein/Green Fluorescent Protein tags
  • oligonucleotides directly labeled with haptens can be detected using both chemiluminescence and enzyme linked antibodies using methods know to those skilled in the art.
  • TRCA nucleic acid products can additionally be detected using intercalating agents such as but not limited to pyrylium iodide (P2), propidium iodide (PI) , ethidium bromide, TOTO, YOYO, Sybr Green, neocarzinostatin, cisplatin, bleomycin, using methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • intercalating agents such as but not limited to pyrylium iodide (P2), propidium iodide (PI) , ethidium bromide, TOTO, YOYO, Sybr Green, neocarzinostatin, cisplatin, bleomycin, using methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • a ⁇ ay detection oligonucleotide contains a label recognized by an antibody conjugate linked to a large light scattering atom such as selenium.
  • the evanescent wave created by the wave guide scatters light from a particular source allows measurement of only the bound oligonucleotide.
  • Biotin labeled nucleic acids are immobilized on streptavidin beads (Dynal, Lake Success, NY) in a microtiter well containing 5 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 0.5 mM EDTA, 1.0 mM NaCl according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • the nucleic acids are heat denatured at 95 degrees C for 5 minutes.
  • the sample is chilled on ice for 5 minutes and then placed on a magnet for 2-3 minutes until a tight pellet of beads is formed.
  • the beads are washed with buffer containing no salt. The supernatants are discarded.
  • the single-stranded biotin labeled nucleic acid will remain in the microtiter well.
  • Nucleic acids are heated to 90 degrees C for 5 minutes the quick chilled on ice for 2-3 minutes prior to use. Nucleic acids can also de denatured using sodium hydroxide prior to use.
  • a TRCA vector oligonucleotide is prepared having the sequence 5 ' (PO4)-CTTCTGAGGACTCT ATAGC ACTAGC ATGGGAUG- TTATAGATCAATCA
  • TGTCAGGATTACGATACGCACTAGATAAGTTCT-3' Upon hybridization to target nucleic acid, the 5' and 3' ends are positioned adjacent to each other as a result ofthe 15 nucleotides on the 5' end and the 15 nucleotides on the 3' end of the TRCA vector being complementary to target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the oligonucleotide has a BstF51 restriction enzyme cleavage site and a deoxyuracil (dU) in place of the thymidine nucleotide in the enzyme recognition site.
  • the restriction enzyme recognition site is placed at a fixed position relative to the sequence tag on the vector. This ensures that, upon cleavage, the coding sequences in each TRCA vector is located at the 5' end ofthe cleaved product, facilitating its inte ⁇ ogation by the a ⁇ ayed oligonucleotides.
  • An RCA primer is prepared having the sequence 5'- TCGTAATCCTGACATGATTGATCTATAA -3 '(OH). The 5' end is unphosphorylated. There is a five nucleotide allele specific sequence tag (TATAA) on the 3' end ofthe primer.
  • An RCA primer is prepared having the sequence shown in Example 4, and having the additional sequence 5' -ATCC ACT A at its 5' end.
  • a cleavage oligonucleotide has the sequence 5'- CT AGC ATGGGATGTT AT AGATC AAT -3 ' .
  • the 5 ' end is unphosphorylated and the 3 ' OH is blocked to prevent extension or ligation of the oligonucleotide.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide anneals to the sequence in the growing concatameric strand providing a double stranded BstF51 restriction enzyme recognition and cleavage site. Following enzymatic digestion, the short cleaved products from the cleavage oligonucleotide dissociate by melting from the cleavage products.
  • the complementary, unit length, amplified products generate a fragment containing the sequence 5'- TTATA-3' at the end of the fragment.
  • This is the complementary sequence to the five nucleotide allele specific marker (TATAA) at the 3' end ofthe RCA primer described in Examples 4, and 5, above.
  • a capture oligonucleotide contains the sequence 5'- CTGAATTGCTAGCTGTTAGTCGCGCTTAGT-AATAT-3' such that the five 3' bases are complementary to the 5 base tag sequence (5'-ATATT-3') present in the amplified products generated from polymerization from the
  • TRCA oligonucleotide in Example 4 The 5' end of the oligonucleotide is linked to a gel pad a ⁇ ay, while the 3' end is available for hybridization.
  • a capture oligonucleotide is constructed containing the sequence 3'-GACTTAACGATCGACAATCAGCACGAATCA-5' such that it contains sequences complementary to the 5' 15 bases ofthe capture probe described in Example 7.
  • a ligation reaction is prepared containing 15 nM single-stranded target nucleic acid, 150 nM TRCA probe, 0.5 mM NAD, 10 mM MgC12
  • Triton X-100 0.01% Triton X-100, and 25 units Ampligase (Epicentre Technologies, Madison, WI) thermostable DNA ligase in 20 mM Tris-HCl buffer (pH 8.3), in a total volume of 50 m ⁇ l. The reaction is heated to 90 degrees C for 5 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 1 hour.
  • Example 9 To the ligation reaction from Example 9 is added 25 m ⁇ l of mixture containing 20 mM Tris-HCL (pH 8.3), 0.01% Triton X-100, 30 mM KCL, 3 mM each dATP, dTTP, dCTP, dGTP (one of which is fluorescently labeled), 3 m ⁇ M RCA primer, 15 % DMS0, 30 m ⁇ M T4 gene-32 DNA binding protein (Amersham Life Sciences, Piscataway, NJ) and 10 units Vent
  • FRET DNA oligonucleotides labeled with a 5' fluorescence donor (Fluorescein) and a 3' acceptor (rhodamine) are purchased commercially (Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewisville, TX).
  • a final concentration of 10 m ⁇ M of each fluorescently labeled separate FRET oligomers with Tm > 60 degrees C are added the reaction, which is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. The reaction is placed at 60 degrees and monitored by the increase in the donor fluorescence emission upon hybridization of the FRET pair oligonucleotides.
  • the cleavage oligonucleotide described in Example 6 is labeled with a 5' fluorescence donor (Fluorescein) and a 3' quencher (3- nitrotyrosine).
  • a 5' fluorescence donor Fluorescein
  • a 3' quencher 3- nitrotyrosine
  • Example 9 To the TRCA reaction in Example 9, a final concentration of 10 m ⁇ M of the restriction enzyme cleavage oligonucleotide (Example 6) is added to the reaction, which is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. The reaction is placed at 65 degrees C and 10 units of BstF51 (New England
  • Example 6 To the TRCA reaction described in Example 10, a final concentration of 10 m ⁇ M of a FRET-Quench labeled restriction enzyme cleavage oligonucleotide (Example 6) is added. The reaction is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. The reaction is then placed at 65 degrees C and 10 units of BstF51
  • nM single-stranded target nucleic acid 100 nM TRCA vector, 1 m ⁇ M RCA primer (unphosphorylated), 10 m ⁇ M of cleavage oligonucleotide (unphosphorylated), 0.5 mM NAD, 10 mM MgC12, 10 mM KCL, 0.01 % Triton X-100, 1 mM each dATP, dTTP, dCTP, dGTP, 5 % DMS0, 10 m ⁇ M
  • T4 gene-32 DNA binding protein 25 units Ampligase thermostable DNA ligase, 10 units Vent (exo-) DNA polymerase, and 10 units of BstF51 restriction enzyme in 20 mM Tris-HCL buffer (pH 8.3) are heated to 90 degrees C for 2 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 120-240 minutes. Cleaved TRCA products are detected using the method described in Example 11.
  • Quench oligonucleotide (unphosphorylated), 0.5 mM NAD, 10 mM MgC12, 10 mM KCL, 0.01 % Triton X-100, 1 mM each dATP, dTTP, dCTP, dGTP, 5 % DMS0, 10 m ⁇ M T4 gene-32 DNA binding protein, 25 units Ampligase thermostable DNA ligase, 10 units Vent (exo-) DNA polymerase, and 10 units of thermophile Thermus thermophilus HB8 RnaseH in 20mM Tris-HCL buffer (pH 8.3) are heated to 90 degrees C for 2 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 120-240 minutes. The amplified DNA is analyzed using the method described in example 12.
  • Flourescently labeled a ⁇ ay detection oligonucleotides are purchased commercially (i.e, Biosynthesis, Lewisville, TX). Restriction-enzyme cleaved TRCA products containing a tag sequence at the end ofthe single-strand nucleic acid are partitioned on a acrylamide gel pad a ⁇ ay containing the a ⁇ ay oligonucleotide and the capture probe described in Example 8.
  • Hybridization ofthe five nucleotide tag sequences present on the 3' end of the capture probe and the 3' end ofthe RE cleavage product is detected by ligation between the RE cleaved TRCA fragments and the a ⁇ ay detection oligonucleotide described in Example 8.
  • the ligated a ⁇ ay detection oligonucleotides is visualized and quantitated using direct fluorescence.
  • a ⁇ ay detection oligonucleotides (Example 8) are synthesiszed commercially possessing haptens such as digoxigenin or biotin at either the 5' or 3' end (i.e., Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewisville, TX). Restriction enzyme cleaved TRCA products are a ⁇ ayed using the method described in Example 17. Hapten labeled a ⁇ ay detection probes are visualized using direct and enzyme-linked methods.
  • Thiol labeled oligonucleotides are obtained from a commercial vendor (Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewsiville, TX). Disulfide bond formation is detected by detecting the SH-labeled oligonucleotide.
  • MT Zinc Binding Protein Metallothionein Metallothionein
  • MT-oligonucleotide using a reducing agent such as dithiodipyridine.
  • PAR 4-(2- pyridylazo)resorcinol
  • e ⁇ 500nm 65,000 M-l cm-1 at 500 nm
  • Calmodulin-oligonucleotide is detected using the lanthanide TBC13 (Aldrich). Excess lanthanide is removed by washing and calmodulin-bound lanthanide is detected by excitation using a Xenon lamp from 270-385nm for TB3+ or 320- 385 for Eu3+. Emission is monitored above 515nm.
  • Calmodulin-oligonucleotide is detected by addition ofthe quinoline indicator quin2 ad described by Tatsumi et al., 1997.
  • Caspase protease (Santa Cruz Biotechnologies, Santa Cruz, CA) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19. Unlabeled oligonucleotide is removed by size exclusion chromatography. Caspase activity is then detected by hydrolysis ofthe substrate
  • NADH Oxidase from Thermus aquaticus is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide as described in Example 20. Excess NADH is added to the reaction and incubated at 60 degrees C. Oxidation is followed by concomitant two electron reduction of di-oxygen to hydrogen peroxide. Hydrogen peroxide is detected by oxidation at a platinum electrode as described by Athey, D. and McNeil, CJ, 1994).
  • TEM-1 b ⁇ -lactamase is reacted with the 3 SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19.
  • Monoamine Oxidase Galactose Oxidase Yeast copper amine Oxidase (Cai, D. and Klinmin, JP, 1994) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 18.
  • Amine oxidase activity is assayed using 5 mM methylamine as a substrate (Sigma). Oxygen consumption is monitored using an oxygen electrode (Yellow Springs
  • Purified mo ⁇ hinone reductase (Craig et al., 1998) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19.
  • Activity is measured by the reduction of excess NADH using the oxidizing substrate codeinone as described by Craig et al., 1998.
  • Protein Kinase C alpha (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19.
  • Kinase activity is detected using a 13 amino acid peptide substrate with the sequence Arg-Phe- Ala-Arg-Lys-Gly-Ser-Leu-Arg-Gln-Lys-Asn-Val. The contains the FRET-
  • GFP Green Fluorescent Protein
  • GFP is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end of the nucleic acid as described in Example 18. Fluorescent of GFP is detected directly.
  • a pre-formed circular vector is applied to single- stranded cDNA in order to identify and quantitate the RNA molecules in a population of RNA molecules obtained from normal and disease cells.
  • a population of circular vectors is applied to gel pad a ⁇ ays containing cDNA or RNA, columns and affinity chromatography using cDNA or RNA (see 5,714,320) or a ⁇ ays of cDNA or RNA attached to a solid support (see, e.g., 5,503,980, Affymetrix and Synteni patents).
  • the circular vectors include: (1 ) region of random DNA sequence (e.g., 5-50 bases, preferably 12 bases); (2) A region containing a recognition sequence for a type IIS restriction enzyme that cleaves in the middle ofthe region of random DNA sequence (note: this region may be designed to form a hai ⁇ in or other structure as described in 5,714,320); (3) Additional DNA sequence that is, ideally, not complementary to any ofthe target nucleic acid sequences (RNA or cDNA) such that the complete vector contains between 50-1500 bases.
  • region of random DNA sequence e.g., 5-50 bases, preferably 12 bases
  • a region containing a recognition sequence for a type IIS restriction enzyme that cleaves in the middle ofthe region of random DNA sequence note: this region may be designed to form a hai ⁇ in or other structure as described in 5,714,320
  • Additional DNA sequence that is, ideally, not complementary to any ofthe target nucleic acid sequences (RNA or cDNA) such that the complete vector contains between 50-1500 bases.
  • Those circular vectors that recognize sequences in the target are separated from the population of circular vectors added to the target nucleic acids. Background hybridization can be minimized by including linear DNA that contains all ofthe vector sequence except for the region of random DNA.
  • the isolated circular vectors are amplified using rolling circle amplification (e.g., in the presence of a fluorescent nucleotides), the DNA is cleaving, e.g., using a restriction enzyme, and the resulting fragments are analyzed, e.g., inte ⁇ ogated on an indexing linker a ⁇ ay (if dsDNA) see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor a ⁇ ay (if ssDNA) see, e.g., 5,503,980.
  • the analysis is performed in a 3 dimensional gel pad a ⁇ ay, see, e.g., 5,552,270.
  • circular vectors are used to identify the presence of mutations and SNPs by having a region ofthe circular DNA complementary to a mutation or SNP such that the circular DNA specifically binds to the mutation or SNP.
  • Circular vectors complementary to a mutation or SNP will be isolated through application to a population of target DNA molecules (cDNA or RNA) e.g., bound to a solid support, a gel pad or a bead.
  • the target DNA can be present as either an ordered a ⁇ ay of distinct molecules, or as a non-ordered a ⁇ ay of molecules on a solid support, a gel pad or a bead.
  • the resulting vectors are amplified by rolling circle amplification (e.g., in the presence of a fluorescent nucleotides), can be fragmented by restriction enzymes, and are analyzed, e.g., on an Indexing Linker (if dsDNA) see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor a ⁇ ay (if ssDNA) see, e.g., 5,503,980.
  • Vectors can be separated into pools to prevent hybridization between the vectors (dsDNA probes should be avoided) and to maximize hybridization fidelity in any method described herein.
  • the vector pools are applied to anchored target nucleic acid (genomic DNA, amplified DNA, cDNA or RNA) and those that hybridize to sequences in the target nucleic acid are isolated from the pool (conditions selected that maximize hybridization fidelity for each vector pool).
  • the identity ofthe isolated vectors is determined by RCA, where the isolated oligo probes act as both a "positioning oligo" and an RCA primer (see 5,714,320).
  • the DNA derived from rolling circle amplification (in the presence of a fluorescent nucleotides) is cleaved using a restriction enzyme, and the resulting fragments can be inte ⁇ ogated on an Indexing Linker array (if dsDNA) see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor a ⁇ ay (if ssDNA) see. e.g., 5,503,980.
  • an Indexing Linker array if dsDNA
  • sDNA see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor a ⁇ ay (if ssDNA) see. e.g., 5,503,980.
  • Example 33 A linear DNA vector probe is designed with two, random, e.g., 5mer, sequences in either end ofthe vector. There are 1024 possible 5mer sequences, so this would entail the synthesis of 1,048,576 linear vectors.
  • the vectors will share one or a small number of common backbones, where each backbone can include a type IIS restriction site and a priming site for DNA synthesis.
  • the vectors should be grouped such that the random 5mers in a given group of vectors can not be brought together by the common backbone sequence.
  • the sequence ofthe target nucleic acid will then facilitate the circularization of a subset ofthe probe vectors, with each circularized probe vector representing a short contiguous, e.g., 10 basepair, stretch of target DNA.
  • the DNA is amplified using RCA in the presence of fluorescent nucleotides.
  • the single-stranded product of rolling circle amplification is rendered double-stranded by the annealing of un-circularized, complementary probe vector.
  • the dsDNA RCA product is analyzed. It can be fragmented, e.g., using a typellS restriction enzyme such that the DNA is cleaved in the middle ofthe short region generated by the ligation reaction.
  • the dsDNA fragments generated by the restriction digest are analyzed, e.g., on an a ⁇ ay of indexing linkers (see, e.g., 5,508,169).
  • the probe vector is labeled with a capture moiety, e.g., biotin group
  • a capture moiety e.g., biotin group
  • the single-stranded DNA fragments can then be analyzed on a Cantor a ⁇ ay.
  • the DNA sequence ofthe target DNA is reconstructed using overlap analysis according to the procedure of Drmanac et al. (see, e.g., 5,525,464; 5,492,806; 5,202,231; 5,695,940).
  • Other embodiments are within the claims:

Abstract

Disclosed are methods of detecting a polynucleotide sequence.

Description

ROLLING CIRCLE-BASED ANALYSIS OF POLYNUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE
Cross Reference to Related Applications
The application claims benefit from: provisional application Serial No. 60/096,830, filed August 17, 1998; provisional application Serial No.
60/102,535, filed September 9, 1998; provisional application Serial No. 60/106,910, filed November 3, 1998 and; provisional application Serial No. 60/106,885, filed November 3, 1998.
Background ofthe Invention
The invention relates to a method of analyzing a polynucleotide sequence.
Background ofthe Invention
Current genomics and diagnostics procedures can rely upon accurate and simultaneous detection and quantitation of a large number of nucleic acids from complex biological sources. Because biological materials are often present in limiting amounts, it is often necessary to amplify one or more nucleic acid fragments from the sample before subjecting them to quantitation and/or detection methods. Methods for nucleic acid amplification described include PCR,
NASBA, 3SR, SDA. However, where quantitation of one or more nucleic acids in complex mixtures of nucleic acids is desired, these methods can provide less than optimal results. Spurious amplification products may arise due to mispriming or mismatched hybridizations of primer oligonucleotides. Further, multiplexing of amplification reactions can sometimes result in one or more products being underrepresented in the final products. Summary ofthe Invention
The invention features methods for sensitively detecting the presence of a nucleic acid in a sample. Described herein are methods for synergistic multiplexed amplifications of nucleic acids. Multiple individual chemical and biochemical reactions for target identification, amplification, cleavage to unit lengths, and partitioning and detection of each signal independently of other similar signals in the multiplexed reaction can be caused to occur simultaneously in a single tube or device as part of an isothermal process. In one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
The method includes:
(1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a product, e.g., a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template; and (c) cleaving the product to produce cleaved amplified product, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template, thereby analyzing a polynucleotide.
In preferred embodiments the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an array of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the array of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In preferred embodiments the oligonucleotide multimer is cleaved and the circular template is not cleaved.
In preferred embodiments the circular template has one or more nucleotide or modified nucleotide which is resistant to cleavage. While the modified nucleotide is resistant to cleavage, when it serves as a template, it nevertheless incorporation ofthe appropriate complementing nucleotide.
In preferred embodiments the circular template, but preferably not the oligonucleotide multimer, includes one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base.
In preferred embodiments cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer is effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe (thus forming a ds cleavage site) and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer. In preferred embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
In preferred embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
In preferred embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. (Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.)
In preferred embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In preferred embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In preferred embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template. In preferred embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type
2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
In a preferred embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In preferred embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
In preferred embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an array. In preferred embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an array.
In preferred embodiments hybridization to the array is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
In a preferred embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe. In preferred embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incoφorated by reference can be used herein, particularly, the array and array-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In preferred embodiments, the method includes providing an array having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes of the plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe array, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a preferred embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional array, e.g., a gel array. In preferred embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference.
In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample. The method includes:
(1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site;
(b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide product complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template; and
(c) cleaving the oligonucleotide product at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product, wherein the formation of said oligonucleotide product and its cleavage occur simultaneously, thereby analyzing a polynucleotide.
In preferred embodiments the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an array of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each of the capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the array of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence. In preferred embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
In preferred embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1 , 2, and 3 are performed in the same container. In preferred embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and (b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. (Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein. In preferred embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA. In preferred embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In preferred embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
In preferred embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence. In a preferred embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event. In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In preferred embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
In preferred embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an array.
In preferred embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an array.
In preferred embodiments hybridization to the array is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry. In a preferred embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions. For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
In preferred embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal. Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference can be used in methods described herein, particularly, the array and array-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In preferred embodiments, the method includes providing an array having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe array, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a preferred embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional array, e.g., a gel array. In preferred embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in U.S. Patent No. 5,714,320.
Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in U.S. Patent No. 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
The method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) optionally at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site;
(b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide product complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template, and optionally
(c) cleaving the oligonucleotide product at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product, wherein at least one component, e.g., the TRCA primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized. In preferred embodiments the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c.
In preferred embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
In preferred embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
In preferred embodiments one or more ofthe immobilized components is immobilized such that they are positionally distinguishable. In preferred embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and (b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end of the open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein. In preferred embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA. In preferred embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In preferred embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
In preferred embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence. In a prefeπed embodiment a region of the circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event. In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
In preferred embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry. In a prefeπed embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions. For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal. Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference, can be used in methods described herein, particularly, the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an aπay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay, e.g., a gel aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single- stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in U.S. Patent No. 5,714,320.
Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
The method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) optionally at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site, and (iii) an identifier sequence which allows it to be distinguished from at least one other circular template ofthe plurality;
(b) combining the circular templates with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide product complementary to a circular oligonucleotide template, and optionally
(c) cleaving the oligonucleotide product at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product, thereby analyzing the sample sequence. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an aπay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region complementing to an identifier sequence, hybridizing the product with the array of capture probes.
In prefeπed embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container. In prefeπed embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
In prefeπed embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of: (a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end of the linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In prefeπed embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In prefeπed embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
In prefeπed embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay. In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
In a prefeπed embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions. For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal. Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference can be used in methods described herein, particularly, the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an aπay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
The method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site;
(b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer comprises multiple copies (amplified) ofthe sample sequence; and optionally
(c) providing an effective amount of a cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In prefeπed embodiments, the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site. In other prefeπed embodiments, the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
In prefeπed embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of: (a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In prefeπed embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In prefeπed embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
In prefeπed embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA. In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate. In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder. In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
In a prefeπed embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions. For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. ,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference can be used, particularly, the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an aπay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay, e.g., a gel aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target. Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
The method includes: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the sample sequence;
(b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer comprises multiple copies (amplified) ofthe sample sequence; and optionally
(c) providing an effective amount of a first detection oligonucleotide having a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide having a second detecting moiety, wherein the first and second oligonucleotides hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In prefeπed embodiments, the signal increases upon annealing ofthe first and second detection oligonucleotides.
In other prefeπed embodiments, the signal decreases upon annealing of the first and second detection. In prefeπed embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and (b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. (Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.). In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA. In prefeπed embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In prefeπed embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
In prefeπed embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence. In a prefeπed embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event. In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry. In a prefeπed embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions. For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference can be used, particularly the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an aπay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes of the plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence. In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay, e.g., a gel aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positionally distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the array, and wherein each positionally distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5,714,320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference.
In another aspect, the invention features, a rolling circle vector. The vector includes: a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complementary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid; a binding site for a type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the cleavage site for the type IIS restriction enzyme is located within the first nucleic acid contacting region; optionally,a primer target sequence, which can be used to provide for amplification ofthe vector when it circularized; a second type IIS restriction enzyme binding site; a second nucleic acid contacting region that is complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid and which includes the cleavage site for the second type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends of the vector can be joined, e.g., by ligation.
In prefeπed embodiments the elements are in the recited order. In prefeπed embodiments the first and second type 2s restriction enzymes sites are recognized by the same type IIS restriction enzyme. In other prefeπed embodiments the first type IIS restriction enzyme site is for a first type IIs restriction enzyme and the second type IIS restriction enzymes site is for a second type IIS restriction enzyme. In another aspect, the invention features, a method of providing a nucleotide fragment containing a target sequence. The method includes: providing a target nucleic acid sequence; contacting the target nucleic acid sequence with a vector having, a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complementary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid; a binding site for a type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the cleavage site for the type IIS restriction enzyme is located within the first nucleic acid contacting region; optionally,a primer target sequence, which can be used to provide for amplification of the vector when it circularized; a second type IIS restriction enzyme binding site; a second nucleic acid contacting region that is complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid and which includes the cleavage site for the second type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon dybridization of the vector to the target the ends of the vector can be joined, e.g., by ligation; allowing the first nucleic acid contacting region and the second nucleic acid contacting region to hybridize to said target; joining the end of the first nucleic acid contacting region with an end of said second nucleic acid contacting region, for example by ligating the ends together; optionally, allowing rolling circle amplification to proceed to produce a molecule having a plurality of copies of the vector; contacting the vector or amplified vector with type IIs restriction enzyme sufficient to generate a nucleotide fragment containing a target sequence.
In another aspect, the invention features, an excision vector. The vector includes: a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complimentary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid (in prefeπed embodiments one or more nucleotides of this region can vary in a population of vectors, for example one vector could have (t) at an inteπogation position while another vector could have (a) at the inteπogation position); optionally a primer sequence which allows for rolling circle amplification of the vector; optionally a spacer region; a sequence tag region, which preferably include four to ten nucleotide, which can allow for identification ofthe vector; a cleavage site for example a site for cleavage by a restriction enzyme; a second nucleic acid contacting region which in complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends ofthe vector can be joined, e.e., by ligation.
In another aspect, the invention features, a plurality ofthe above vectors, wherein the plurality include the vector having a first nucleotide at the inteπogation position and a vector having a second nucleotide at the inteπogation position.
In prefeπed embodiments the plurality prefers includes vectors having each of A,C,T,G, at the inteπogation site. In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a target sequence. The method includes: providing a target sequence; contacting the target sequence with a vector having a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complimentary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid (in prefeπed embodiments one or more nucleotides of this region can vary in a population of vectors, for example one vector could have (t) at an inteπogation position while another vector could have (a) at the inteπogation position); optionally a primer sequence which allows for rolling circle amplification of the vector; optionally a spacer region; a sequence tag region, which preferably include four to ten nucleotide, which can allow for identification ofthe vector; a cleavage site for example a site for cleavage by a restriction enzyme; a second nucleic acid contacting region which in complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends ofthe vector can be joined, e.e., by ligation. optionally allowing rolling circle amplification to proceed. Prefeπed embodiments ofthe method include hybridizing cleavage products ofthe rolling circle amplified vector to an identifier probe for example, a probe, located on an ordered aπay of probes, thereby allowing analysis ofthe sample, for example by identification ofthe identity ofthe inteπogation nucleotide.
In another aspect, the invention features, a pair of oglionucleotides useful for forming a cleavage site on an amplified rolling circle vector product. The set of oglionucletides includes: a 5' oglionucletide having a restriction enzyme binding site and a spacer region which is three prime to said binding site; a 3' oglionucletide which contains a sequence tag for example a sequence of five to eight nucleotide which allows for identification of a given oglionuclotide and a mixture of other oglionuclotides; wherein said 5' and 3' oglionuclotides hybridize to adjacent region on a rolling circle amplification product, and where upon cleavage of a double stranded duplex formed by hybridization ofthe 5' and 3' oglinucleotide to the linear product, a fragment is produced which contains the oglinuclotides sequence tag at its three primed end.
In another aspect, the invention features, method of analyzing a target nucleic acid sequence. The method includes: providing a target sequence; contacting a rolling circle vector with said target and allowing rolling circle amplification to proceed; contacting the amplified rolling circle product with a 5' oglionucletide having a restriction enzyme binding site and a spacer region which is three prime to said binding site; a 3' oglionucletide which contains a sequence tag for example a sequence of five to eight nucleotide which allows for identification of a given oglionuclotide and a mixture of other oglionuclotides; wherein said 5' and 3' oglionuclotides hybridize to adjacent region on a rolling circle amplification product, and where upon cleavage of a double stranded duplex formed by hybridization ofthe 5' and 3' oglinucleotide to the linear product, a fragment is produced which contains the oglinuclotides sequence tag at its three primed end, thereby analyzing the target nucleotide. In prefeπed embodiments the fragments which contain a nucleotide sequence on the 3' prime end are analyzed by contacting with a identifier probe for example an ordered aπay of identifier probes.
In another aspect, the invention features, a set of oglinucleotides for analyzing a target sequence. The set include a first and a second oglinuclotide wherein; the first oglinuclotide includes preferably in the recited order, regions A,B,C, (optionally D), E, B'l, and F, wherein region A and region F can hybridize to regions A' and F' respectively on the target sequence and wherein A' and F' are positioned so that such hybridization of A and F to A' and F' allows hybridization between B and B' ofthe first oglionuclotide, and wherein the duplex formed by B and B' forms a cleavage site which upon cleavage results in the formation of linear cleavage product which includes region C, optionally D, and region E;
The second oglionucleotide includes region C and region E prime, wherein region C is complimentary to region C and region E', is complimentary to region E on the first vector and wherein contact ofthe second oglionuclotide product with the cleavage product and hybridization of C to C and E to E' result in circularizing the C optionally D, E, cleavage product.
In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a test nucleotide in a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism, in a sample.
The method includes:
(1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence, which includes a test nucleotide, to be analyzed; (2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample polynucleotide sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template includes at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample polynucleotide sequence and optionally,
(b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a product, e.g., a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template; and , optionally,
(c) cleaving the product to produce cleaved amplified product. In prefeπed embodiments, the sample polynucleotide sequence is provided by:
(i) hybridizing a first primer to a nucleic acid sample template. The first primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template; (ii) synthesizing a first DNA sequence covalently attached to the first primer and complementary to the RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template. The first DNA sequence and the first primer comprise a second template; (iii) separating the first template from the second template to allow hybridization of a second primer;
(iv) hybridizing the second primer to the second template. The second primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a DNA sequence ofthe second template. The second primer also has an antisense sequence of a promoter and an antisense sequence of a transcription initiation site for a RNA polymerase;
(v) synthesizing a second DNA sequence covalently attached to the second primer and complementary to the DNA sequence ofthe second template and synthesizing a third DNA sequence covalently attached to the second template and complementary to the DNA sequence ofthe second primer. The second and third DNA sequences, the second primer and the second template comprise a third template; and (vi) synthesizing a plurality of copies ofthe RNA sequence ofthe first template from the third template to provide the sample polynucleotide sequence. Methods disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5, 130,238 and 5,409,818, hereby incorporated by reference, can be used in this and other methods described herein. In prefeπed embodiments, the products of rolling circle amplification can be further amplified by:
(i) synthesizing an RNA sequence ofthe reaction products from (2) b or c to generate a first nucleic acid sample template;
(ii) hybridizing a first primer to a region ofthe RNA sequence of step (i). The first primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template; (iii) synthesizing a first DNA sequence covalently attached to the first primer and complementary to the RNA sequence ofthe first nucleic acid sample template. The first DNA sequence and the first primer comprise a second template; (iv) separating the first template from the second template to allow hybridization of a second primer;
(v) hybridizing the second primer to the second template. The second primer has a DNA sequence which is sufficiently complementary to a DNA sequence ofthe second template. The second primer also has an antisense sequence of a promoter and an antisense sequence of a transcription initiation site for a RNA polymerase;
(vi) synthesizing a second DNA sequence covalently attached to the second primer and complementary to the DNA sequence ofthe second template and synthesizing a third DNA sequence covalently attached to the second template and complementary to the DNA sequence ofthe second primer. The second and third DNA sequences, the second primer and the second template comprise a third template; and
(vii) synthesizing a plurality of copies ofthe RNA sequence ofthe first template from the third template to provide additional copies ofthe products of the rolling circle amplification. Methods disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5, 130,238 and 5,409,818, hereby incoφorated by reference, can be used in this and other methods described herein.
In prefeπed embodiments, the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, upon cleavage is sufficiently close to an end ofthe cleaved amplified product such that its presence can be detected by its effect on a reaction which involves the end nucleotide ofthe cleavage product.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate. In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder. In prefeπed embodiments, the sample nucleic acid serves as a primer. In other prefeπed embodiments synthesis is primed with a nucleic acid other than the sample nucleic acid.
In prefeπed embodiments, the reaction is a hybridization reaction. In other prefeπed embodiments, the reaction is a ligation reaction, a polymerization reaction, e.g., a DNA polymerase catalyzed reaction, modification, or a restriction or other cleavage reaction.
In prefeπed embodiments, the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, is within 1 (i.e., it is at the end), 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe cleaved amplified product. Numerous variations in the circular oligonucleotide template are within the invention. As is described herein, the circular oligonucleotide template can be formed, e.g., in the reaction mix, from a linear precursor. As is described herein, the circular oligonucleotide can be resistant to cleavage, providing for more efficient amplification. Other variants are described below. In prefeπed embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template is prepared by a process which includes the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, (wherein the positioning oligonucleotide has a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned such that they can be joined, e.g., as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. (Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another in this or other methods disclosed herein.) In prefeπed embodiments, the oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template. In prefeπed embodiments the oligonucleotide multimer is cleaved and the circular template is not cleaved. For example, in prefeπed embodiments the circular template has one or more nucleotide or modified nucleotide which is resistant to cleavage. While the modified nucleotide is resistant to cleavage, when it serves as a template, it nevertheless incoφoration ofthe appropriate complementing nucleotide. The circular template, but preferably not the oligonucleotide multimer, can include one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base to render the circular template more resistant to cleavage. Preferential cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer can be effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe (thus forming a double stranded cleavage site) and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer. Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
In prefeπed embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence, cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence, or cleaves at the target nucleotide.
In a prefeπed embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes differentially to a sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event.
In prefeπed embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature. In prefeπed embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In prefeπed embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA. In prefeπed embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
The products of rolling circle amplification can be analyzed in various ways. In some embodiments, the products of rolling circle application are analyzed on positional aπays.
Accordingly, in prefeπed embodiments the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an aπay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positional distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the aπay of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry.
In a prefeπed embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incoφorated by reference can be used herein, particularly, the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an aπay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes of the plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay, e.g., a gel aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single- stranded circular templates is positional distinguishable from other single- stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positional distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incoφorated by reference. In prefeπed embodiments the primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method further includes providing an effective amount of a cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In prefeπed embodiments, the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site. In other prefeπed embodiments, the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method further includes providing an effective amount of a first detection oligonucleotide having a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide having a second detecting moiety, wherein the first and second oligonucleotides hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety.
In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a test nucleotide in a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a genetic event, e.g., a single nucleotide polymoφhism, in a sample.
The method includes:
(1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence, which includes a test nucleotide, to be analyzed; (2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample polynucleotide sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template includes at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample polynucleotide sequence and optionally, (b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a product, e.g., a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template; and (c) cleaving the product to produce cleaved amplified product, wherein upon cleavage, the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, is sufficiently close to an end ofthe cleaved amplified product such that its presence can be detected by its effect on a reaction which involves the end nucleotide ofthe cleavage product.
In prefeπed embodiments, the sample nucleic acid serves as a primer. In other prefeπed embodiments synthesis is primed with a nucleic acid other than the sample nucleic acid.
In prefeπed embodiments, the reaction is a hybridization reaction. In other prefeπed embodiments, the reaction is a ligation reaction, a polymerization reaction, e.g., a DNA polymerase catalyzed reaction, modification, or a restriction or other cleavage reaction.
In prefeπed embodiments, the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, is within 1 (i.e., it is at the end), 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end of the cleaved amplified product.
Numerous variations in the circular oligonucleotide template are within the invention. As is described herein, the circular oligonucleotide template can be formed, e.g., in the reaction mix, from a linear precursor. As is described herein, the circular oligonucleotide can be resistant to cleavage, providing for more efficient amplification. Other variants are described below.
In prefeπed embodiments, the circular oligonucleic template is prepared by a process which includes the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, (wherein the positioning oligonucleotide has a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned such that they can be joined, e.g., as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template. (Rolling circle amplification can be primed by the positioning oligo nucleotide, e.g., the target nucleic acid, or by another in this or other methods disclosed herein.)
In prefeπed embodiments, the oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template. In prefeπed embodiments the oligonucleotide multimer is cleaved and the circular template is not cleaved. For example, in prefeπed embodiments the circular template has one or more nucleotide or modified nucleotide which is resistant to cleavage. While the modified nucleotide is resistant to cleavage, when it serves as a template, it nevertheless incoφoration ofthe appropriate complementing nucleotide. The circular template, but preferably not the oligonucleotide multimer, can include one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base to render the circular template more resistant to cleavage.
Preferential cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer can be effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe (thus forming a double stranded cleavage site) and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer.
Preferably, a circular template has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides. The oligonucleotide circular template itself may be constructed of
DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the circular template is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe circular template and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides. In prefeπed embodiments the circular template includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence, cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence, or cleaves at the target nucleotide.
In a prefeπed embodiment a region ofthe circular template is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes differentially to a sample nucleic acid having the event and sample nucleic acid not having the event. In prefeπed embodiments the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
In prefeπed embodiments the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In prefeπed embodiments, the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
In prefeπed embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with a circular template. In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA. In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
The products of rolling circle amplification can be analyzed in various ways. In some embodiments, the products of rolling circle application are analyzed on positional aπays.
Accordingly, in prefeπed embodiments the method further includes: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., by providing an aπay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positional distinguishable capture probe includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another capture probe) region; hybridizing the product with the aπay of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes are single stranded probes in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry. In a prefeπed embodiment the amplified sample sequence which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions.
For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an amplified sample sequence, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The amplified sample sequence which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized amplified sample sequence. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
Methods of U.S. 5,503,980 and or U.S. 5,631,134, both of which are hereby incoφorated by reference can be used herein, particularly, the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an array having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay, e.g., a gel aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each ofthe single-stranded circular templates is positional distinguishable from other single-stranded circular templates ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positional distinguishable single-stranded circular templates includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incoφorated by reference. In prefeπed embodiments the primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method further includes providing an effective amount of a cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product; and (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
In prefeπed embodiments, the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
In other prefeπed embodiments, the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method further includes providing an effective amount of a first detection oligonucleotide having a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide having a second detecting moiety, wherein the first and second oligonucleotides hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety.
In another aspect the invention features a method of analyzing a polynucleotide, e.g., detecting a specific nucleotide sequence or a genetic event in a sample. The method includes:
(1) providing a sample, which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence, which includes a test nucleotide, to be analyzed;
(2)(a) annealing an effective amount of sample polynucleotide sequence to an oligonucleotide, wherein the oligonucleotide includes, preferably in a 5' to 3' orientation, a unique region which is complementary to a target sequence in the sample polynucleotide sequence, optionally a spacer region, a first pairing region, a connecting region which preferably is not homologous to the sample sequence, optionally a second spacer region, a second pairing region which is complementary to the first pairing region, and a second unique region complementary to a second adjacent sequence in the target polynucleotide; wherein hybridization of the unique regions to the sample promotes formation of a duplex between said first and second pairing regions, and wherein said duplex includes a cleavage site; (b) cleaving the duplex to produce a cleaved product; and
(c) allowing the ends ofthe cleaved product to be joined, thereby forming a circular molecule, wherein formation of the circular molecule is indicative ofthe presence of a sample sequence. Rolling circle amplification can be primed by a primer, preferably a TRCA primer, in this or other methods disclosed herein.
In a prefeπed embodiment the invention further includes ligating the cleaved product to form a circle and using the circle to promote rolling circle amplification, to produce an oligonucleotide product.
In another prefeπed embodiment, the method further includes providing a ligation template oligonucleotide which hybridizes to the cleaved product and thereby brings the ends ofthe cleaved product in proximity for a reaction, e.g., ligation.
In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of a sequence, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In prefeπed embodiments, the target nucleic acid is amplified, e.g., by PCR, prior to contact with oligonucleotide. In prefeπed embodiments the oligonucleotide includes a site for a type 2S restriction enzyme and the site is positioned, e.g., such that a type 2S restriction binding at the site cleaves adjacent the region which binds the sample sequence or cleaves in the region which binds the sample sequence. In prefeπed embodiments, analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes, e.g., sequencing the polynucleotide sequence, e.g., by sequencing by hybridization or positional sequencing by hybridization, detecting the presence of a sequence, or identifying, a genetic event, e.g., a SNP, in a target nucleic acid, e.g., a DNA.
In a prefeπed embodiment a region ofthe oligonucleotide is complementary to a genetic event, e.g., a mutation or SNP, and hybridizes effectually to sample nucleic acid having the event and does not hybridize to a sample nucleic acid not having the event. In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a DNA molecule: all or part of a known gene; wild type DNA; mutant DNA; a genomic fragment, particularly a human genomic fragment; a cDNA, particularly a human cDNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: an RNA molecule: nucleic acids derived from RNA transcripts; wild type RNA; mutant RNA, particularly a human RNA.
In prefeπed embodiments the polynucleotide sequence is: a human sequence; a non-human sequence, e.g., a mouse, rat, pig, primate.
In prefeπed embodiments the method is performed: on a sample from a human subject; and a sample from a prenatal subject; as part of genetic counseling; to determine if the individual from which the target nucleic acid is taken should receive a drug or other treatment; to diagnose an individual for a disorder or for predisposition to a disorder; to stage a disease or disorder.
In prefeπed embodiments the oligonucleotide is a single stranded capture probe in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments the capture probes have a structure comprising a double stranded portion and a single stranded portion in an aπay.
In prefeπed embodiments hybridization to the aπay is detected by mass spectrophotometry, e.g., by MALDI-TOF mass spectrophotometry. In a prefeπed embodiment the oligonucleotide product which hybridizes to a capture probe, or the capture probe, is the substrate of or template for an enzyme mediated reactions. For example, after hybridization to the capture probe, the amplified sample sequence is ligated to the capture probe, or after hybridization it is extended along the capture probe.
In prefeπed embodiments the method includes one or more enzyme mediated reactions in which a nucleic acid used in the method, e.g., an oligonucleotide product, a capture probe, a sequence to be analyzed, or a molecule which hybridizes thereto, is the substrate or template for the enzyme mediated reaction. The enzyme mediated reaction can be: an extension reaction, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a polymerase; a linking reaction, e.g., a ligation, e.g., a reaction catalyzed by a ligase; or a nucleic acid cleavage reaction, e.g., a cleavage catalyzed by a restriction enzyme, e.g., a Type IIs enzyme. The oligonucleotide product which hybridizes with the capture probe can be the substrate in an enzyme mediated reaction, e.g., it can be ligated to a strand ofthe capture probe or it can be extended along a strand ofthe capture probe. Alternatively, the capture probe can be extended along the hybridized oligonucleotide product. (Any ofthe extension reactors discussed herein can be performed with labeled, or chain terminating, subunits.) The capture probe duplex can be the substrate for a cleavage reaction. These reactions can be used to increase specificity ofthe method or to otherwise aid in detection, e.g., by providing a signal.
Methods of U.S. Patent No. 5,503,980 and or U.S. Patent No. ,631,134, both of which are hereby incoφorated by reference can be used, particularly, the aπay and aπay-related steps recited herein can use methods taught in these patents.
In prefeπed embodiments, the method includes providing an aπay having a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is a) positionally distinguishable from the other capture probes ofthe plurality and has a unique variable region (not repeated in another capture probe ofthe plurality), b) has a variable region capable of hybridizing adjacent to the genetic event; and has a 3' end capable of serving as a priming site for extension; hybridizing the amplified sample sequence having a genetic event to a capture probe ofthe aπay, (preferably the region ofthe amplified sample sequence having a genetic event hybridizes adjacent to the variable region of a capture probe); and using the 3' end ofthe capture probe to extend across the region of genomic nucleic acid having a genetic event with one or more terminating base species, where if more than one is used each species has a unique distinguishable label e.g. label 1 for base A, label 2 for base T, label 3 for base G, and label 4 for base C; thereby analyzing the amplified sample sequence.
In a prefeπed embodiment, at least one reaction step is performed on a three-dimensional aπay, e.g., a gel aπay. In prefeπed embodiments the method includes providing a plurality of single-stranded oligonucleotides, wherein each ofthe single-stranded oligonucleotdies is positionally distinguishable from other oligonucleotide ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable oligonucleotide includes a unique (i.e., not repeated in another circular template) region complementary to sample target.
Preferably, an oligonucleotide has about 15-1500 nucleotides, and more preferably about 24-500 nucleotides and most preferably about 30-150 nucleotides.
The oligonucleotide itself may be constructed of DNA or RNA or analogs thereof. Preferably, the oligonucleotide is constructed of DNA. A liquid, e.g., a sample nucleic acid or protein binds to a portion ofthe oligonucleotide and is preferably single-stranded having about 4-50 nucleotides, and more preferably about 6-12 nucleotides.
The polymerase enzyme can be any that effects the synthesis ofthe multimer, e.g., any polymerase described in 5, 714, 320. Generally, the definitions provided for circular vectors and their amplification in 5, 714,320, apply to terms used herein, unless there is a conflict between the terms in which case the meaning provided herein controls. 5, 714, 320, and all other U.S. patents mentioned herein are incoφorated by reference.
The objectives ofthe presently described compositions and methods include: (1) An isothermal process for the quantitative detection ofthe presence of one or more nucleic acids in a sample by selective amplification of said nucleic acids using a series of chemical and enzymatic steps in a multiplex assay format
(2) Describing assay conditions for integration of enzymatic reactions ofthe process for target recognition, amplification, and quantitative detection into a single step compatible with automation and high throughput analyses for industrial applications
(3) Describing assay conditions for increasing the overall yield of amplified nucleic acid products by alleviating potential constraints on the amplification targets by simultaneous cleavage and immobilization of amplified products
(4) Describing miniaturized devices for simultaneous analysis of multiple nucleic acid fragments compatible with simplification and cost reduction of analysis and detection instruments (5) Increasing the fidelity and overall efficiency ofthe process by spatial segregation of amplification targets or products by selective capture on to separate but distinct elements contained in the device to eliminate competition during the amplification process
(6) Encoding amplification targets with specific nucleic acid sequence tags to detect the quantitative presence of each allele of a nucleic acid or gene present in the mixture of nucleic acids
(7) Describing assay conditions for sequence-specific partitioning of nucleic acid sequence tags by specific hybridization and/or ligation ofthe nucleic acid tags onto a device containing aπayed oligonucleotides (8) Describing a variety of detection methods for determining the quantitative presence of nucleic acids in the original mixture. Detection methods include, but are not limited to, fluorescent labels, redox labels and electronic detection methods either by themselves or in conjunction. Cost efficient and rapid process for quantitative analysis of nucleic acids in a multiplex format
(9) To determine the sequence of target nucleic acids.
The invention provides methods and devices for the quantitative detection of nucleic acids present in a sample. The methods are based on the specific recognition of a target nucleic acid present in the sample by hybridization ofthe target nucleic acid with an oligonucleotide designed to yield a circular nucleic acid molecule by the action of a nucleic acid ligase, such as DNA or RNA ligase. The covalently closed circle can be amplified by an integrated series of enzymatic and/or chemical reactions to yield multiple copies of linear single stranded replicas ofthe original circle. Further enzymatic steps can include amplification of circles by polymerases capable of strand displacement and simultaneous preferential cleavage ofthe linear relative to the parent circular nucleic acid molecule, using, e.g, sequence- specific endonucleases. Cleaved nucleic acid replicas can be partitioned by specific hybridization and immobilized by sequence specific-recognition onto an aπay element containing oligonucleotide(s) packaged into the device. Each aπay element can specifically capture cleaved fragments arising from a single initial recognition event representing the target nucleic acid in the original sample. The signal intensity detected at each element can then reflect the relative abundance ofthe target molecule relative to other nucleic acid targets or alleles in the original sample. Thus, a multitude of aπay elements can capture a multitude of cleaved fragment species.
Herein are described methods for the synergistic action of distinct enzyme activities and other biochemical reactions described herein in a single, integrated, isothermal process for the quantitative detection of nucleic acids. Several alternative strategies are provided for protecting the parent closed circles from cleavage, while at the same time permitting efficient cleavage ofthe amplification products. While a cleavage step is optional, including this step can increase the overall yield of amplified products.
Also provided herein are assay conditions for multiplexing nucleic acid amplification and detection processes. This allows for the simultaneous analysis of a large number of nucleic acid fragments present in the sample. In the final detection step, a specific quantitative signal is detected for each allele or nucleic acid fragment present in the sample. Spatial separation of the amplification targets into distinct aπay elements eliminates competition of simultaneously amplifying targets and improves the fidelity and yield ofthe overall process. Further, the spatial separation provides a direct means of marking amplification targets that yield insufficient or no signals due to failed amplification reactions that potentially arise from failure of priming events or mispriming. These steps minimize generation of ambiguous data and facilitates troubleshooting attempts.
Also described are a variety of detection methods for qualitative and quantitative determination of each nucleic acid or allele present in the sample. Detection methods can rely on , e.g., fluorescent signals, redox pairs, electronic detection, or enzymatic reactions.
Devices for miniaturization and parallel analysis of nucleic acids in a sample can include, e.g., microplates, acrylamide gel pads, flow-through chips, and or other supports. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing ofthe present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incoφorated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. Other features and advantages ofthe invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.
Brief Description ofthe Drawings
Figs. 1 A-E are a drawings showing the steps and reagents involved in analyzing a target nucleic acid sequence.
Fig. 2 is a schematic drawing of a TRCA vector.
Fig. 3 is a schematic drawing of a drop-out TRCA vector.
Fig. 4 is a schematic drawing of a TRCA excision vector.
Fig. 5 is a schematic drawing of a TRACE vector. Fig. 6 is a schematic drawing of a TRCA primer.
Fig. 7 is a schematic drawing of a cleavage oligonucleotide.
Fig. 8 is a schematic drawing of a cleavage oligonucleotide formed from two short oligonucleotides.
Detailed Description
Rolling Circle Amplification
Embodiments of the invention are based on the use of circular vectors (as described in 5,714,320) to analyze a sequence, e.g., to sequence the nucleic acid in question, or to identify SNPs, mutations and RNA molecules, or to clarify a sample, e.g., as to disease state, or generally in expression profiling or analysis. The circular vectors can be closed circular vectors, open circular vectors which when brought into contact with the analyte, have abutting ends which can be covalently linked, e.g., ligated.
Rolling circle amplification (RCA) is used to generate many copies of an oligo preferably with defined ends (as described in 5,714,320). The single-stranded product of rolling circle amplification can be rendered double-stranded by the annealing of un-circularized, complementary probe vector. The ds DNA RCA product can be fragmented, e.g., using a typellS restriction enzyme, such that the DNA is cleaved in the middle, or at the ends, ofthe region generated by the ligation reaction. The dsDNA fragments generated by the restriction digest can be analyzed, e.g., on an aπay, e.g., an aπay of indexing linkers (see, e.g., 5,508,169). If the probe vector is labeled with capture or anchoring moiety, e.g., a biotin group, then it is possible to render the dsDNA fragments generated from fragmentation ofthe RCA product single-stranded by thermal denaturation following the addition of capture or anchoring moiety reactive, e.g., strepavidin-labeled, substrates, e.g., magnetic beads or a solid support. The single- stranded DNA fragments can be analyzed on a Cantor aπay. These oligonucleotides are analyzed on a Cantor Capture aπay (see, e.g., 5,503,980) using, e.g., fluorescent detection methodology. In other embodiments, the captured DNA fragments are analyzed using mass spectrometry. Alternatively, the target DNA is applied to a multiplicity of wells and a population of RCA vectors is added to each well. The RCA products are analyzed using mass spectrometry following fragmentation, where the amplification of specific RCA vectors is determined by differences in molecular weight of the RCA product fragments. Multiple
RCA vectors can be analyzed simultaneously in a single reaction using this approach.
The steps involved in analyzing a polynucleotide sequence as described herein are depicted in Fig. 1. One or both strands of one or more nucleic acids contained in a sample of nucleic acids, 110 is contacted with a mixture of nucleic acids containing one or more TRCA vectors, 112, and other reagents. The nucleic acids in the sample constitute single-stranded, double-stranded or partially double stranded DNA or RNA, a mixture of DNA or RNA, DNA-RNA hybrids where one strand is a molecule of DNA and the other strand is a molecule of RNA that may be partially or wholly hybridized to each other with or without gaps. The methods are equally adaptable to the use of composite DNA-RNA hybrids where part of one strand of a molecule is composed of DNA and the remaining part ofthe same strand is composed of RNA. The nucleic acid or acids in the sample may originate from genomic DNA, total or fractionated RNA from cells and tissues of living organisms or microorganisms, viruses, or recombinant DNA molecules originating from these samples.
Where the contacted nucleic acid is double-stranded, it may first be converted to a single strand of nucleic acid, 111, by one or more methods including, alkali denaturation, heat denaturation, enzymatic treatments, or other methods known in the art. The reagents preferably include enzymes, oligonucleotides and primers, nucleotides, ribo- or deoxyribonucleotides, dideoxyribonucleotides, or other modified nucleotides, detection tags such as fluorophores or other detection moieties tagged to oligonucleotides or in solution, and one or more optional reagents.
In a prefeπed embodiment, 112 is appropriately hybridized to 111 without gaps and is ligated to create a circular thermophilic rolling circle amplification (TRCA) vector, 113. In the next step, the TRCA primer 114 appropriately hybridized to 113 is extended by the action of a polymerase, preferably a thermostable polymerase exhibiting strand displacement activity, and nucleotide triphosphates to yield a concatamer of single-stranded DNA 115, where each unit ofthe concatamer is a replica of, and complementary to the sequence and polarity of 112.
This process described in Fig. 1 may optionally include a cleavage step. Typically a cleavage primer, 116 anneals by hybridization to complementary sites on 115 and reconstitutes a partial double stranded nucleic acid structure 117. The double stranded region preferably contains one or more target sites for a recognition means 118, such as an endonuclease. The recognition means is preferably a restriction endonuclease of the type IIs type, less preferably any restriction endonuclease, or any protein that recognizes and binds to double stranded DNA, preferably resulting in cleavage ofthe recognized nucleic acid.
In prefeπed embodiments, cleavage of concatamers 115 results in the formation of a partial duplex such as 117, wherein one strand 119, constitutes a unit length nucleic acid containing the sequence of 111 , and the other strand or strands comprises of short oligonucleotides such as, 120 and 121, containing sequences from the cleavage primer, 116. The thermal stability of 120 and 121 is less than that of 116. 120 and 121 therefore dissociate from 119 at elevated temperatures. In prefeπed embodiments, the Tm of 120 and 121 is considerably less than the operating temperature ofthe process.
In prefeπed embodiments, the cleavage oligonucleotide 116 contains a fluorophore 123 and quencher 124 pair. In this implementation, cleavage of 122 after hybridization to 119 and digestion by a restriction endonuclease releases the quenching effect of 124 and is detected as an increase in fluorescence intensity of 123. The methods are equally adaptable to alternate placements of 123 and 124 at any position along the length ofthe oligonucleotide 116.
In alternative embodiments, the cleavage oligonucleotide 116 is composed of 2 separate oligomers 125 and 126, that together constitute the sequence of 116. In prefeπed embodiments, 125 and 126 hybridize without gaps to adjacent sets of nucleotides contained in 119 and are stabilized by base stacking. In such an implementation, moieties 123 and 124 preferably constitute a FRET pair in a homogeneous assay. Preferably, one or more nucleotides in either 125 or 126 or both contain degenerate positions, modified nucleotides or additional modifications.
In alternative implementations of the process described in Fig. 1, an optional reporter oligonucleotide 127 is present. 127 is composed, at least in part, of ribonucleo tides, preferably a composite DNA:RNA hybrid oligonucleotide. 128, the RNA portion of 127, is partly or wholly complementary to any region of 119 or its concatamer and is typically 50 to 75 nucleotides in length, more preferably 30-60 nucleotides in length, and most preferably, 10-25 nucleotides in length. In alternative embodiments, 127 is composed of two distinct oligomers 131 and 132, which together constitute the sequence of 127. In prefeπed embodiments, 131 and 132 hybridize without gaps to adjacent sets of nucleotides contained in 119 and are stabilized by base stacking.
The DNA segments, 129 and 130 are each preferably 10-20 nucleotides in length, more preferably 7-15 nucleotides in length, and most preferably 5-8 nucleotides in length. The sequence of nucleotides contained in 129 and 130 are preferably complementary only in part, or not at all, to any region of contiguous bases in any ofthe nucleic acids or oligonucleotides contained in the reaction mixture. 129 and 130 preferably contain reporter moieties 133 and 134, that constitute any of, but not limited to, detection tags such as fluorophores that form either a FRET-quench or FRET pair, more preferably a FRET pair, or chemiluminescent tags, haptens, capture or capturing moieties, amplification tags, or other modifications know in the art that provide a selective advantage or enhance the overall efficiency ofthe process. Either 129 or 130, or both, may optionally be partially or wholly double stranded. Optionally, sequences for additional recognition means or amplification may be encoded in 129 or 130, or both.
When reporter oligonucleotides contain ribonucleotides, detection signals can be generated using a ribonuclease protection assay. Positional Arrays
Positional aπays suitable for the present invention include high and low density aπays on a two dimensional or three dimensional surface. Positional aπays include nucleic acid molecules, peptide nucleic acids or high affinity binding molecules of known sequence attached to predefined locations on a surface. Arrays of this nature are described in numerous patents which are incoφorated herein by reference, Cantor US 5,503,980; Southern EP 0373 203 Bl; Southern 5,700,637 and Deugau 5,508,169. The density ofthe aπay can range from a low density format, e.g., a microtiter plate, e.g., a 96- or 384- well microtiter plate, to a high density format, e.g.
1000 molecules/cm2, as described in Fodor US 5,445,934.
The surface on which the aπays are formed can be two dimensional, e.g., glass, plastic, polystyrene, or three dimensional, e.g. polymer gel pads, e.g. polyacrylamide gel pads of a selected depth, width and height.
In prefeπed embodiments, the target or probes bind to (and can be eluted from) the aπay at a single temperature. This can be effected by manipulating the length or concentration ofthe aπay or nucleic acid which hybridizes to it, by manipulating ionic strength or by providing modified bases.
Proximity Methods
Proximity methods include those methods whereby a signal is generated when a first member and second member of a proximity detection pair (e.g., a first and second detection moiety) are brought into close proximity.
A "proximity detection pair" will have two members, the first member, e.g., an energy absorbing donor or a photosensitive molecule and the second member, e.g., an energy absorbing acceptor or a chemiluminescer particle. When the first and second members ofthe proximity detection pair are brought into close proximity, a signal is generated.
Examples of proximity methods include the following:
Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) is based on a donor fluorophore that absorbs a photon of energy and enters an excited state. The donor fluorophore transfers its energy to an acceptor fluorophore when the two fluorophores are in close proximity by a process of non-radiative energy transfer. The acceptor fluorophore enters an excited state and eliminates the energy via radiative or non-radiative processes. Transfer of energy from the donor fluorophore to acceptor fluorophore only occurs if the two fluorophores are in close proximity.
Homogeneous time resolved fluorescence (HTRF)
Homogeneous time resolved fluorescence (HTRF) uses FRET between two fluorophores and measures the fluorescent signals from a homogenous assay in which all components ofthe assay are present during measurement. The fluorescent signal from HTRF is measured after a time delay, thereby eliminating interfering signals. One example of the donor and acceptor fluorophores in HTRF include europium cryptate [(Eu)K] and XL665, respectively.
Luminescent oxygen channeling assay (LOCI)
In the luminescent oxygen channeling assay (LOCI), the proximity detection pairs includes a first member which is a sensitizer particle that contains phthalocyanine. The phthalocyanine absorbs energy at 680nm and produces singlet oxygen. The second member is a chemiluminescer particle that contains olefin which reacts with the singlet oxygen to produce chemiluminescence which decays in one second and is measured at 570nm. The reaction with the singlet oxygen and the subsequent emission depends on the proximity ofthe first and second members ofthe proximity detection pair. Gel Pad Aπays
Gel pad aπays can be used as ordered aπays in methods described herein. Gel pads, including aπays of gel pads, can be prepared by a variety of methods, some of which are known in the art. For example, see, e.g.,
Timofeev et al., Nucleic Acids Research (1996), Vol. 24, 3142-3148; Drobyshev et al, Gene (1997) 188: 45-52; Livshits et al., Biophysical Journal (1996) 71 :2795-2801 ; Yershov et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1996) 93:4913-4918; Dubiley et al., Nucleic Acids Research (1997), Vol. 25, 2259- 2265; and U.S. Patent No. 5,552,270 by Khrapko et al.; each ofthe foregoing is incoφorated herein by reference. Gel pad aπays are the prefeπed positional aπays for use in the methods described herein.
On some embodiments, a sample which contains a target (analyte) polynucleotide, such as a sample which contains genomic DNA, is loaded into a gel pad. An aπay of gel pads on a first solid support can be employed to perform an analysis on a plurality of samples, and or using a plurality of probes to detect a plurality of characteristics, e.g., SNPs, of a sample or samples. The genomic DNA is preferably digested (e.g., with a restriction enzyme) to provide shorter fragments of DNA which can easily diffuse into the gel pad(s). The gel pad composition and/or the size of fragments can be selected to permit the target polynucleotides to diffuse into the gel pad, and/or to prevent larger pieces of, e.g., genomic DNA from diffusing into the gel pad. The small volume ofthe gel pad(s) (preferably less than about 1 microliter, more preferably less than about 500, 100, 50, 10, 5, 1, 055, or 0.1 nano liters per gel pad), permits the diffusion of reactants and target to occur in a conveniently short time period (e.g., preferably less than 5, 2, 1, 0.5, or 0.1 minutes). After the sample polynucleotide has diffused into the gel pad, the remaining sample can be washed away.
An "aπay" can be any pattern of spaced-apart gel pads disposed on a substrate; aπays can be conveniently provided in a grid pattern, but other patterns can also be used. In prefeπed embodiments, a gel pad aπay includes at least about 10 gel pads, more preferably at least about 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, or 10000 gel pads. The aπay is an aπay of gel pads of substantially equal size, thickness, density, and the like, e.g., to ensure that each gel pad behaves consistently when contacted with a test mixture. In certain embodiments, however, the pads of a gel pad aπay can differ from one another; e.g., a mixed gel pad aπay can be constructed which includes more than one size or type of gel pad, e.g., gel pads made of different gel materials, or which entrap different species such as reagents or polynucleotide probes. In certain prefeπed embodiments, gel pads in an aπay are less than about 1 mm in diameter (or along a side, e.g., in the case of square gel pads), more preferably less than about 500 microns, still more preferably less than about 100, 75, 50, 25, 10, 5, or 1 micron in diameter.
A gel pad can have any convenient dimension for use in a particular assay. In prefeπed embodiments, a gel pad is thin enough, and porous enough, to permit rapid diffusion of at least certain reaction components into the gel pad when a solution or suspension is place din contact with the gel pad. For example, in one embodiment, a gel pad aπay for use in sequencing by hybridization permits polynucleotide fragments from a sample mixture to diffuse (within a conveniently short time period) into the gel pads and hybridize to oligonucleotide capture sequences disposed within the gel pads. In certain prefeπed embodiments, a gel pad (e.g., in an aπay of gel pads) has a thickness of at least about 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 or 100 microns. In certain prefeπed embodiments, a gel pad (e.g., in an aπay of gel pads) has a thickness of less than about 1 millimeter, 500 microns, 200, 100,
50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 5, or 1 microns.
Primers or other reagents can be immobiilized in the gel pads of the gel pad aπay to prevent migration ofthe primer out ofthe gel pad. The immobililzation can be permanent or reversible; covalent or non-covalent. In another embodiment, an electrical potential can be used to promote a chemical reaction in a gel pad. For example, electrochemical reductive or oxidative cleavage reactions are well known in the art, and can be promoted by application of an appropriate electrical potential to a reaction mixture. Thus, application of a potential to a gel pad can be used to promote an oxidative or reductive reaction in the pad. Any gel pad in an aπay of gel pads can be selectively targeted for reaction by applying a potential to that gel pad (and its opposed gel pad on the opposing substrate), preferably without subjecting other gel pads in the aπay to the electrical potential. In still another embodiment, an electrical potential can be used to promote the migration of a reaction component into a gel pad. Thus, selected gel pads of an aπay of contacted, opposed gel pads, can be subjected to an electrical potential to promote the migration of reaction components into, or out of, the gel pad (and, preferably, into the opposed gel pad and/or a reaction mixture which suπounds the gel pad).
In still another embodiment, an electrical potential can be used to promote a change in the characteristics ofthe gel pad. For example, so-called "intelligent gels" have been reported, which are responsive to electrical cuπents, e.g., the gel shrinks or swells in response to electrical potential. Thus, application of an electrical potential can be used to cause a gel pad to shrink, which could interrupt the electrical cuπent. Thus, a form of feedback control can be attained, e.g., to prevent gel pads from contacting an opposing gel pad, or to maintain opposed gel pads in contact with each other for any desired period of time. A PCR amplification can then be performed by subjecting the gel pads to thermal cycling as is known in the art. The thermal cycling can be performed with the gel pads in direct contact, or, the gel pads can be separated once the appropriate reaction components have diffused into each gel pad, and each separated gel pad (or aπay) can be subjected to thermal cycling. In certain embodiments, it is prefeπed to separate the pads, to prevent thermal stresses from causing cracking or other loss of integrity of a pad. If desired the gel pads can be brought back into contact after any round of thermal cycling.
During thermal cycling it is preferable to seal the gel pads to prevent evaporation of liquid. Sealing can be provided by placing the gel pads in a hermetically sealed container such as a chamber, or alternatively by covering the gel pad with a non-evaporating liquid such as an oil (which can be removed after cycling, e.g., by washing with a suitable solvent or detergent solution). Between rounds of cycling, the pads can be exposed to fresh reagent solutions, if necessary, e.g., by opening the sealed chamber or by washing away a protective oil layer.
After sufficient rounds of thermal cycling have occuπed, the gel pads can be washed to remove excess reagents. The washing step is performed under conditions which do not remove the immobilized (and now extended) primers, but which do remove non-immobilized primers, and other reactants.
The gel pads can now be analyzed to determine a characteristic, e.g., an SNP ofthe immobilized primers. Either gel pad can be analyzed, or both can be analyzed to provide a redundant analysis (e.g., the analysis of one strand can be compared to the analysis ofthe other strand to ensure accurate results). A gel pad containing a strand (either target or complement) can also be retained as a backup or for record keeping puφoses. In one embodiment, the analysis includes: providing primers which bind adjacent to an SNP, dideoxynucleo tides (ddNTPs), and a polymerase (which can be the same polymerase used for the PCR reaction). The ddNTPs are preferably labeled, e.g., with distinct, distinguishable fluorescent labels. The primers are then extended with the polymerase, and the gel pads are washed to remove the unincoφorated reactants. The base present at the SNP can then be determined by detection ofthe labeled ddNTP present in the gel pad.
It will be appreciated from the foregoing that aπays of gel pads can be used, with a first aπay of gel pads being provided on a first substrate (e.g., a glass plate) and second aπay of gel pads being provided on a second substrate. The first and second aπays are preferably prepared in registration, e.g., having the same size, number, and separation of gel pads, so that when the two substrates are brought into close contact, each gel pad ofthe first aπay is in contact with a gel pad ofthe second aπay.
Microplate Protocol
In the case of detection of polymoφhisms in candidate genes, sample, e.g., PCR products, can be distributed to multiple wells, the number depending on the number of polymoφhisms in the amplified region to be analyzed - two wells can be for each polymoφhism (e.g., 192 biallelic polymoφhisms on a 384- well plate). In the case of detection of polymoφhisms in a biallelic SNP map, each PCR reaction can be divided between two wells.
An open circle probe could be added to each well. Each allele of each polymoφhism should have a separate probe. If both strands were to be analyzed, twice as many probes and twice as many wells would be required. The probes which anneal would be ligated, and then RCA would be performed with labeled dNTPs, preferably two labels, so that both labels are incoφorated into the RCA product. The labels might be prompt fluorescence FRET pairs or haptens to which HTRF or LOCI labels could be bound after the RCA. Alleles would be determined by comparing the signals in the two wells containing the two coπesponding padlock (circular) probes.
No separation would be required in this assay. A MultiProbe with a thermocycler can be used to automate the liquid handling.
PCR in Gel Pad and RCA Probes for Polymoφhism Detection
SNP analysis of a large number of polymoφhisms in a biallelic SNP map will sometimes require a large number of amplification reactions. Amplification, e.g., PCR (or NASBA) can be performed in gel pads, with RCA probes. In this case the probe would be annealed to the immobilized amplification product in the gel pad. The probe design would be relatively simple.
Probes for both (all four) alleles for all polymoφhism sites on the aπay would be applied to the aπay. the probes would contain allele-specific tags, of which there would be a total of only four - one for each base A, C, G, T.
Competing pentamers would not be used, since both (all four) alleles would be present during the hybridization and ligation. The restriction site would not be necessary, In fact, it would be undesirable, since small fragments could diffuse from the gel pads. There could be only non- fluorescent dNTPs present during the RCA reaction. The RCA products would be labeled with generic allele-specific hybridization probes labeled with different color fluorophors, of which there would be only four (A, C, G, T). The sequences ofthe allele-specific tags and the probes obviously could be designed to provide very unambiguous differentiation of the four possible alleles (assuming the four fluorescent dyes could be adequately separated). Note that in this case there is great flexibility in the labeling of the probes (compared to the use of fluorescent ddNTP terminators).
Rolling Circle and Additional Amplification
Although RCA (rolling circle amplification) in combination with very sensitive detection or additional round of RCA of signal amplification will often produce measurable signals without amplification, PCR (or some alternative like NASBA) may be desirable for achieving specific detection in some cases, e.g., in some cases of an allele in genomic DNA. Thus, regions of genomic DNA containing sites of polymoφhisms can be amplified by PCR prior to contact with circular templates. After PCR the unincoφorated primers and dNTPs can be destroyed enzymatically (exonuclease and shrimp alkaline phosphatase). The enzymes would then be destroyed by heating at 80° C. The TRCA Vector
The TRCA vector is a stretch of nucleic acid sequence designed to contact a nucleic acid in a sample of nucleic acids. In prefeπed embodiments, the TRCA vector is a single strand of deoxyribonucleotides. In prefeπed embodiments, the TRCA vector is between 30 and 150 length in length, more preferably between 45 and 130 length and most preferable between 75 and 111 nucleotides in length.
A schematic drawing of a TRCA vector is shown in Fig. 2. In a 5' to 3 ' orientation the TRCA vector contains the following structurally distinguishable regions as depicted in Fig. 2, a phosphate group, 211, at the 5' end, and a first nucleic acid contacting region, 212, that is complementary to a portion of the nucleic acid fragment in the sample. In specific embodiments, one or more nucleotides in 212 may be designed so as to contain a degenerate (e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at the position) nucleotide, more specifically at the 5 ' terminal position of 212 represented by 213. In prefeπed embodiments, 212 is 25-35 nucleotides long, more preferably 15-20 nucleotides long, most preferable 5-18 bases long. A first spacer segment 214, preferably consisting of 0-16 nucleotides, more preferably of 4-14 nucleotides and most preferably of 8-12 nucleotides. The TRCA vector also includes a cleavage oligonucleotide target sequence, 220, that has the same 5' to 3' polarity and sequence as the cleavage oligonucleotide. The target sequence 220 is preferably about 15-30 nucleotides long and is, in turn, composed of 5 distinct regions: a unique region, 215, consisting of a variable number of nucleotides, a region 218, containing the recognition site for a type IIs restriction endonuclease, a region 219, whose length is determined by the cleavage property of the particular type IIs enzyme used and is equal to the number of nucleotides of double strand sequence produced after cleavage.
The region 219 is followed by a sequence tag region, 216, that is preferably composed of 4-8 nucleotides and is more preferably 5 nucleotides in length. The 5 '-most nucleotide of 216 is placed at a fixed displacement from both 218 and 219, so as to position the cleavage site at the phospohodiester bond between the 3 '-most nucleotide of 219 and the 5 '-most nucleotide of 216. The TRCA vector also contains a region 217, which has a variable number of nucleotides, and a TRCA primer target sequence, 221, consisting of a variable number of nucleotides. At its 3' end, 221 is bounded by the sequence tag region 216.
The TRCA vector additionally contains a second spacer region, 222, preferably consisting of 0-16 nucleotides, more preferably of 4-14 nucleotides and most preferably of 8-12 nucleotides, and a second nucleic acid contacting region, 223, that is complementary to a region ofthe nucleic acid that is immediately adjacent to or present at a fixed displacement from hybridizing region of first nucleic acid contacting region, 212, on the fragment in the sample. In specific embodiments, one or more nucleotides in
223 may be designed to contain a degenerate nucleotide(s). In prefeπed embodiments, 223 is 25-35 nucleotides long, more preferably 15-20 nucleotides long, most preferable 5-18 bases long.
In prefeπed embodiments, the nucleic acid contacting regions 212 and 223 are designed to contact contiguous bases of a nucleic acid without gaps.
In alternative embodiments, 212 and 213 hybridize to noncontiguous regions of the nucleic acid fragments, in which case a single stranded gap is produced that is bounded by the 5' and 3' ends of the TRCA vector. In specific embodiments these gaps will be filled either by extension by a polymerase in the presence of deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates, or by ligation of short oligonucleotides whose length is equal to the length of the gap- In other alternative embodiments, the sequence of short oligonucleotides hybridized in the gaps by base stacking can be determined by mass spectrometry.
In additional alternative embodiments, the sequence of short oligonucleotides hybridized in the gaps by base stacking can be determined by hybridization to a Mirzabekov generic chip, or by contacting with a PSBH aπay.
In additional alternative embodiments, the sequence of short oligonucleotides hybridized in the gaps by base stacking will be determined by contacting with an oligonucleotide ligation aπay.
In alternative embodiments, the TRCA vector may contain additional segments consisting of a variable number of nucleotides. The additional segments may consist of promoter regions for DNA or RNA polymerases, such as T3 or T7 polymerases, sequences representing recognition or cleavage sites or both for sequence specific nucleic acid binding proteins, ribozymes, splice acceptor or donor sites or both, ribosome binding or translation initiation sites, or any other sequences known in the art that provide a selective advantage or improve the efficiency ofthe process. Asymmetric sites may be placed either in the same or reverse polarity with respect to the TRCA vector sequence. Additional segments may include nucleic acid sequences that preferentially form haiφins, chi structures, D- loops, cruciform or other specialized structures that provide a selective advantage or increase the overall efficiency ofthe process.
Oligonucleotides and primers may be partially or wholly double stranded or may be composed partly or wholly of ribonucleotides or a combination thereof. They may be composed of one or more modified nucleotides including, but not limited to, nucleotides such as inosine, 5- methyl cytosine, 7-methyl guanosine, 7-aza guanosine, etc.
In specific embodiments, one or more nucleotides ofthe TRCA vector or other oligonucleotide or primer may contain modifications at one or more nucleotide positions. These include, but are not limited to attachment moieties such as biotin, amino or sulfhydryl groups, fluorescent labels, haptens such as 2,4-dinitrophenol or digoxigenin, nucleotide analogs such as peptide nucleic acids (PNA), or other modifications known in the art. The modifications may be attached to the oligonucleotide either directly to the bases, to the phosphate backbone or elsewhere along the length of the oligonucleotide.
Aliphatic or aromatic linkers may be used to attach modifications to the oligonucleotides. The linkers preferably contain between 3-12 repeating monomeric units but may be of any length known in the art. In specific embodiments, the linkers may contain one or more labile groups to serve as release means. The methods are equally adaptable to heat-labile, photo-labile, or chemo-labile, or other release mechanisms known in the art.
Drop-out TRCA Vector Fig. 3 provides a schematic drawing of a second TRCA vector
520, termed a "drop out vector." The TRCA drop-out vector 520 is a stretch of nucleic acids designed to contact a nucleic acid in a sample of nucleic acids. The vector 520 can be a single strand of nucleotides, e.g., deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides, nucleotide analogues or combinations thereof.
Refeπing to Fig. 3 and proceeding in a 5' to 3' orientation, vector 520 includes a phosphate group 511 located at the 5' end, which is followed by a first nucleic acid contacting region 512. The first nucleic acid contacting region 512 is complementary to a portion ofthe nucleic acid in a sample. The first nucleic acid contacting region 512 can be, e.g., 20-30 nucleotides, 10-20 nucleotides, or 12-17 nucleotides.
Following region 512 is a first recognition site 513 for a first type IIS restriction enzyme. The length of the first recognition site 513 is determined by the recognition and cleavage properties ofthe restriction enzyme. The nucleotide cleavage site for the Type IIS enzyme recognizing the first recognition site 513 is within cleavage site 514, which is located within first nucleic acid contacting region 512. Thus, the first recgonition site
513 is partitioned on the vector such that the 5' most end ofthe nucleotide cleavage site 514 for the Type IIS enzyme is located within the first nucleic acid contacting region 512. Cleavage site 514 can be, e.g., 10-20 bases from the 5' phosphate group of 512, 8-15 bases from the 5' phosphate group, or 5- 10 bases from the 5' phosphate group.
The first recognition site 513 is followed by a TRCA primer target sequence 515. The TRCA primer sequence 515 can be, e.g., 35-40 nucleotides, 25-35 nucleotides, or, 15-25 nucleotides. The TRCA primer target sequence 515 is followed by a second recognition site 516, for a second Type IIS restriction enzyme. The length ofthe second recognition site 516 is determined by the recognition and cleavage properties ofthe restriction enzyme. Following the second recognition site 516 is a second nucleic acid contacting region 517 that is complementary to a second portion of a sample nucleic acid. The hybridizing portions ofthe target nucleic acid are preferably contiguous stretches of nucleotides without gaps. The second nucleic acid contacting region 517 can be, e.g., 20-30 nucleotides, 10-20 nucleotides, or 8-14 nucleotides. In specific embodiments, one or more nucleotides in the second nucleic acid contacting region 517 may be designed so as to contain a degenerate nucleotide, e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at the portion, more specifically at the 3' terminal position 519 ofthe second nucleic acid contacting region 517. The 3' most cleavage site 518 for the restriction enzyme 2 is adjacent to the 3' most nucleotide of region 517. The 3' most nucleotide of 518 is placed at a fixed displacement from recognition site 516, so as to position the 3' restriction enzyme cleavage site at the phosphodiester bond at the 3' most nucleotide ofthe second nucleic acid contacting region 517. Thus, cleavage at the first restriction enzyme site
514 and at the second restriction enzyme site 518 will generate, or "drop-out", a nucleotide fragment 512 containing a portion ofthe target sequence. The excised nucleotide fragment 512 can be, e.g., 10-20 nucleotides, 8-15 nucleotides, or 5-10 nucleotides long. The first and second restriction enzymes can be the same or different enzymes. In alternative embodiments, the TRCA "drop out" vector is in an inverse polarity, i.e, is in a 3' to 5' orientation relative to the 5' to 3' orientation shown in Fig. 3.
TRCA excision vector
Another type of TRCA vector, termed a TRCA excision vector, is shown schematically in Fig. 4. The TRCA excision vector 620 allows for excision of a target sequence and is a stretch of nucleic acids designed to contact a nucleic acid in a sample of nucleic acids. The TRCA excision vector 620 can be a single strand of nucleotides, e.g., deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides, nucleotide analogues or combinations thereof. As is shown in Fig. 4, in a 5' to 3' orientation, the TRCA excision vector 620 contains a phosphate group 611 at the 5' end and a first nucleic acid contacting region 612 that is complementary to a portion of nucleic acid in a sample.
In specific embodiments, one or more nucleotides in the first nucleic acid contacting region 612 may be designed so as to contain a degenerate nucleotide, e.g., an equal representation of A, T, G, or C at one or more nucleotides, e.g., at the 5' terminal position 613 ofthe first nucleic acid contacting region 612. The first nucleic acid contacting region 612 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15-20 nucleotides long, or 5-18 bases.
The first nucleic acid contacting region 612 is followed by region 614, which is complementary to a TRCA primer sequence. The TRCA primer sequence can be, e.g., 35-40 nucleotides, 25-35 nucleotides, or 15-25 nucleotides. In some embodiments the complementary TRCA primer has a 5' non-complementary region that creates a 5' non-complementary tail, e.g., as indicated in the TRCA primer 114 of Fig. 1. Region 614 is followed by a spacer 615 that is composed of, e.g., 0-8 nucleotides. Adjacent to the spacer 615 is a sequence tag region 616 that is, e.g., 4-10 nucleotides or 5 nucleotides. Sequence tag region 616 is followed by a restriction enzyme recognition site 617, whose length is determined by the cleavage and recognition properties ofthe particular restriction enzyme. The cleavage site 618 for the restriction enzyme is contained at the 3' end ofthe restriction enzyme recognition site 617, so that cleavage will result in generation of a fragment most preferably 5-10 nucleotides in length containing the sequence tag region 616 at its 3' end. Following region 618 is a second nucleic acid contacting region
619 that is complementary to a portion ofthe nucleic acid in a sample. The second nucleic acid contacting region 619 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15- 20, or 5-18 nucleotides.
In alternative embodiments, the TRCA excision vector is in an inverse polarity, i.e, is in a 3' to 5' orientation relative to the 5' to 3' orientation shown in Fig. 4.
The TRCA excision vector 620 allows for excision of a target sequence upon digestion with a restriction enzyme recognizing the enzyme recognition site 617.
Thermophilic Rolling Circle After Cleavage with Endonuclease (TRACE) Vector
Fig. 5 illustrates a schematic drawing of a TRACE vector, for thermophilic rolling circle amplification after cleavage with endonuclease. The TRACE vector 815 is composed, in a 5' to 3' orientation, of a first unique region 811 that is complementary to a target nucleic acid in a sample. The first unique region 811 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15-25 nucleotides, or 5-15 nucleotides in length. The first unique region 811 is connected to a first spacer region 825. The first spacer region 825 can be, e.g., 10-15, 5-10, or 0-5 nucleotides. Located to the 3' end ofthe first spacer region 825 is a first paring region 812, which includes a recognition sequence 813. Located to the 3' end ofthe first pairing region is a first spacer element 214, which is also indicated as 814 in the Fig. 5, and elements 215-222 as described above and illustrated in Fig. 2. Located to the 3' end ofthe second spacer region 222, also indicated as 816 in Fig. 5, is a second recognition sequence 817. A double stranded region generated by complementary base pairing, preferably without gaps, between regions 812 and 817 creates a recognition sequence 813 for a restriction means, e.g., an endonuclease, a restriction endonuclease, e.g., a Type IIS restriction endonuclease. The recognition site 813 is positioned to produce cleavage at the junction of 812 and 814 on one strand ofthe duplex.
Located on the 3' side ofthe second recognition sequence 817 is a second spacer region 826 which is preferably not complementary to the first spacer region 825. Second spacer region 826 is, e.g., 10-15 nucleotides long, more preferably 5-10 nucleotides long and most preferably 0-5 nucleotides long.
The second spacer region 826 is connected on its 3' end to a second unique region 819 that is complementary to a target nucleic acid in a sample. The second unique region 819 can be, e.g., 25-35 nucleotides, 15-25 nucleotides, or 5-15 nucleotides in length.
The first and second spacer regions 825 and 826 are preferably not complementary nucleotides in the target nucleic acid fragment between regions contacted by unique regions 811 and 819.
The ligation template oligonucleotide 820 is comprised, in order, of a first region 821 complementary to a part of region 215 ofthe TRACE vector 815. First region 821 can be, e.g., 10-20 nucleotides, 8-15 nucleotides, or 5-10 nucleotides long. First region 821 is followed by second region 822 that is complementary to region 214. Second region 822 is in turn followed by third region 828, which is complementary to a sequence 827 on the TRACE vector between elements 222 and 817. On the 3' end of third region 828 is fourth region 823, which is complementary to region 221 ofthe vector 815. Ligation template oligonucleotide 820 is thus designed so that after double strand cleavage of vector 815 by a recognition means specifically recognizing 813, the resulting cleaved ends include a phosphate group at the 5' terminal nucleotide of 814 and a hydroxyl group at the 3' terminal nucleotide of 827. These ends are juxtaposed by hybridization without gaps due to sequence complementarity to regions 822 and 828, respectively. As a result, they are targets for ligation by a ligase, such as a DNA ligase. Thus, ligation template oligonucleotide 820 is opposite in polarity to the 5' to 3' orientation of the vector 815.
TRCA Primers
The structure of one TRCA primer is depicted in Fig. 6. The TRCA primer consists of a variable number of nucleotides and is preferably 26 to 45 nucleotides. The TRCA primer includes at least 3 functionally distinct segments. The presence ofthe 5' most segment, 311, is optional. The 311 segment is composed of 8-15 nucleotides whose sequence is non- complementary to any contiguous region of the TRCA vector or other nucleic acids used in the TRCA process. The 5' end ofthe TRCA primer preferably lacks a phosphate group but may optionally contain a capture moiety such as biotin, amine-, sulfhydryl-, succinimidyl, or other moieties. These moieties are preferably attached to the primer oligonucleotide by a linker, optionally a cleavable aliphatic linker. Segment 312 is preferably composed of 18-30 nucleotides that are complementary to a contiguous region ofthe RCA vector. Segment 313 includes the terminal 6-8 nucleotides ofthe TRCA primer that are complementary to the sequence tag region, 216. 313 is capable of serving as an extension initiation site for a polymerase when coπectly hybridized to the TRCA vector. Additionally, the TRCA primer may contain one or more additional segments of a variable number of nucleotides, particularly at or near its 3' end. The TRCA primer may contain alternate or modified bases.
Cleavage Oligonucleotide
The cleavage oligonucleotide is a single strand oligonucleotide capable of hybridization to polymerase extension products arising from the procedure shown in Tig. 1. The cleavage oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to the extension products and thus provides a partially double stranded region or regions on the concatamer. The double stranded region includes, in order, the restriction endonuclease recognition site, the number of nucleotides present between the recognition and cleavage sites ofthe type IIs re and cleavage site, as well as additional flanking nucleotides.
A schematic drawing of a cleavage oligonucleotide is shown in Fig. 7. The cleavage oligonucleotide includes a first spacer region, 411, preferably of 5-12 nucleotides, a restriction enzyme recognition site, 4.12, whose length is specified by the property ofthe restriction enzyme used, preferably in the range of 4-6 nucleotides, a segment 4.13 whose length in nucleotides is equal to the number of bases of double-stranded region between the restriction enzyme recognition and cleavage sites, a region 4.14, whose sequence is complementary to the sequence tag site, 216 in the TRCA vector, and a second spacer region, 4.15, consisting of a variable number of nucleotides, preferably 5-12 nucleotides.
In prefeπed embodiments, the 5' end of cleavage oligonucleotide 4.10 is not phosphorylated and the 3 ' hydroxyl moiety is blocked by a chemical moiety, 4.16, such as phosphorylation, 3 '-O-methyl modification or other method known in the art.
In alternative embodiments the cleavage oligonucleotide is comprised of two short oligonucleotides stabilized by base stacking on the TRCA linear products. A schematic drawing ofthe two part cleavage oligonucleotide is shown in Fig. 8. The 5' oligonucleotide 711 can be, e.g., 5- 12 nucleotides, and contains a restriction enzyme recognition site 712 whose length is specified by the property ofthe restriction enzyme used, and can be, e.g., in the range of 4-6 nucleotides. A spacer region of 1-14 nucleotides 713, follows restriction recognition site 712. The second oligonucleotide 714, contains a sequence tag of preferably 5-8 nucleotides in length. Hybridization of oligonucleotides 711 and 714 to a TRCA linear product 716 creates a double-stranded cleavage site containing a single stranded nick. The recognition site 712 is approximately positioned on 5' oligonucleotide 711 so that the single strand nick is located at the junction of oligonucleotides 713 and 714. Cleavage ofthe duplex creates fragment 719 containing the 5-8 nucleotide sequence tag on the 3-end ofthe DNA.
Capture oligonucleotide
Capture and aπaying of oligonucleotide capture probes using the Mirzabekov generic chip hybridization are known in the art. Capture and aπaying of oligonucleotide capture probes using the positional sequencing by hybridization (PSBH are also known in the art.
Enzymes and proteins
The various enzymes described herein are either commercially available or may be prepared by methods know in the art. These include ligases, polymerases, restriction endonucleases, ribonucleases, RNase H, other DNA modifying enzymes, redox enzymes, b-lactamase, metal binding proteins, green fluorescent protein, proteases, and kinases. Enzymes may also be employed for tagging nucleic acids, detection of signals, or as anchors.
Other suitable proteins are those that have affinity to or bind to DNA. These include, but are not limited to, Ssb, recA or its homologues, or other proteins that associate with DNA such as transcription or replication factors, or those that form complexes with proteins that exhibit properties of association with DNA.
This methods described herein are equally adaptable to the use of chemical entities that associate with DNA either in a sequence-specific or unspecific manner, including chemicals such as pyrylium iodide (P2), propidium iodide (PI) ,ethidium bromide, TOTO, YOYO, Sybr Green, neocarzinostatin, cisplatin, bleomycin, etc.
Formats and Devices
Microplate formats
TRCA assays are preferably performed in microplates, preferably in 96-well microplates, more preferably in 384-well plates, most preferably in 1536-well plates.
Acrylamide Gel Pad Arrays
TRCA assay products can be partitioned by specific hybridization and/or ligation to nucleic acid tags within acrylamide gel pad aπays. In addition, TRCA assays can be miniaturized to allow TRCA and detection to occur simultaneously on the gel pad aπays.
The methods described herein can be performed in single tubes, on surfaces such as glass, silica matrices, cellulose, nitrocellulose, nylon, or aluminum oxide membranes, acrylamide, polystyrene, polypropylene, vinyl acetate, polymethacrylate, polyethylene, polyethylene oxide, polycarbonates, polyesters, polypropylfumarates, polyglycollic acid, polyanhydrides, glycosaminoglycans, polyaminoacids, silicon rubber, agarose, latex, silicon dioxide, fluorocarbons, metal supports, teflon, plastic, or other surfaces known in the art. The surfaces can have any form including, but not limited to, three-dimensional pads such as gel pads, gel pad aπays, wells or microwells, porous structures such as channels, microchannels, beads or microparticles. The prefeπed forms ofthe substrate include microtiter dishes, three dimensional acrylamide or agarose gel pad aπays, and porous membranes.
The methods are equally adaptable to other forms ofthe substrate such as thin films, bottles, dishes, fibers, or shaped polymers.
One more components ofthe TRCA process may be immobilized in one or more microwells or elements of a gel pad aπay. These components include, but are not limited to, components such as the target nucleic acid, oligonucleotides such as, TRCA primer, cleavage oligonucleotide, oligonucleotides that inteπogate the sequence ofthe sequence tags of TRCA vectors, or capture oligonucleotides, singly or in combination.
In a prefeπed embodiment, the TRCA process is performed in the absence of cleavage steps. In this implementation a single species of a TRCA primer is immobilized in a well of a microplate.
Multiplex 1.
The TRCA reaction mixture containing the target, enzymes, oligonucleotides and primers, and other components ofthe TRCA process are incubated in a microwell. Following circle closure by the action of a ligase, extended concatameric single stranded nucleic acids are anchored in the microwell. The extended products are quantitated. In prefeπed embodiments, detection and quantitation ofthe signals generated are preferably performed by a homogeneous assay, preferably a beacon assay.
In alternative embodiments, the TRCA process includes a cleavage step. In this embodiment capture probe or probes are immobilized in the microwell in addition to the TRCA primer. Signals generated by interactions ofthe cleaved fragments are either spatially resolved by positional features ofthe capture probes or spectrally resolved by generating a separate signal for each capture event and quantitated. A plurality of capture probes immobilized in each microwell or gel pad capture a plurality of signals or potential signals generated in the pad by sequence encoding.
An example of sequence encoding is herein described in specific relation to signals generated in a single gel pad or microwell by a cleaved fragment containing a sequence tag, 3' GTATC -5'. For this implementation, the gel pad or microwell contains 4 immobilized capture probes that contain the 3' termini,
5' N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1N1CATAG 3' Capture probe 1
5' N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2N2AATAG 3' Capture probe 2 5' N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3N3TATAG 3' Capture probe 3
5' N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4N4GATAG 3' Capture probe 4
In this form of the capture probe, the 5 '-most region of the capture probe depicted by the stretch of Nl nucleotides, the invariant region, is specific to capture probe 1. It is important to note that the invariant region is not a homopolymeric stretch of nucleotides but can be composed of any sequence of nucleotides. The nucleotide sequence of the invariant region is preferably not homologous to any sequence of contiguous nucleotides in the TRCA vector.
Cleaved fragments are inteπogated by specific hybridization of the 3' terminal sequences of cleaved fragment, namely the sequence tag region to the 3' terminal 5 bases ofthe capture probe as shown. Specifically, the 3 ' terminal nucleotide contained in the cleaved fragment, namely G in this example, is inteπogated by the 5th nucleotide from the 3' end ofthe capture oligonucleotide. An additional short oligonucleotide, the reporter oligonucleotide, whose sequence is complementary to sequence ofthe invariant region of capture oligonucleotides also hybridizes, such that the 5' terminal nucleotide ofthe reporter oligonucleotide is in register with the 6th nucleotide ofthe capture probe. In this configuration, the cleaved fragment and the reporter oligonucleotide are hybridized adjacent to each other without gaps on the capture probe and hybridization ofthe reporter oligonucleotide is stabilized by base stacking or ligation. The four distinct capture probe sequences hybridize to four distinct reporter oligonucleotides. Each ofthe reporter oligonucleotides is tagged with a distinct detection moiety. Sequence encoding is then achieved by the specific signal detected in the gel pad. In the example cited above, a single signal due to capture probe 1 is detected, which coπesponds to the specific detection moiety tagged to reporter oligonucleotide 1 that hybridizes to capture probe 1.
Aπays can be analyzed using mass spectrophotometry, in which is based on analysis of oligos hybridized in gap;
Mirzabekov analyses, in which sequence analysis of oligos hybridized in gap by base-stacking hybridization to generic chip;Cantor/PSBH analyses, which rely on oligonucleotide ligation, e.g., gap-filling or double ligation.
Detection
Several methods of detection can be employed.
Fluorescent Labels
In active labeling, DNA generated from TRCA is labeled directly during the DNA polymerization step by incoφoration of a fluorescently labeled deoxynucleotide using any ofthe methods known to those skilled in the art. The unit length product of the TRCA reaction contains a known number ofthe deoxynucleotides to be labeled such that the number of unit length products can be quantitated by direct fluorescence measurements. In passive labeling, DNA generated from TRCA is labeled passively by hybridization to a labeled oligonucleotide containing sequences complementary to either the TRCA products themselves or to a capture oligonucleotide. Passive oligonucleotides are labeled using fluorescence, hap tens, or proteins using any ofthe methods known to those skilled in the art. Each unit length TRCA product will react directly or indirectly with one labeled passive oligonucleotide allowing direct quantitation.
Probe nucleotides can alternatively be labeled using FRET nucleic acid probes. Oligonucleotides labeled on the 5' or 3' end, or two separate oligonucleotide probes with FRET pair indicators, can be used to detect a target TRCA product sequence through energy transfer upon DNA hybridization. FRET pair molecules can be placed on the 5' and 3' ends of labeling oligonucleotides can be commercially synthesized using methods known to those skilled in the art.
In RNase protection, hybridization of an RNA containing FRET pair oligonucleotide to unit length TRCA products allows protection of the
RNA containing probe from RNase digestion. Protection of RNA containing probe allows protection of the FRET pair and prevents loss of fluorescence transfer in the presence of RNase.
Yet another method of detection utilizes FRET-Quench nucleic acid probes. With RNase H detection, hybridization of an RNA containing
FRET-Quench oligonucleotide to unit length TRCA products allows cleavage of the RNA containing probe by RNaseH. Cleavage of the RNA-DNA duplex results in fluorescence increase of the donor molecule.
Alternatively, hybridization of a FRET-Quench oligonucleotide containing a restriction enzyme recognition and cleavage site to the TRCA products allows cleavage of the TRCA product-oligonucleotide hybrid. Cleavage of the FRET-quench oligonucleotide thus results in fluorescence increase ofthe donor molecule.
Detection can alternatively occur using methods based on reversible protein interaction, disulfide bond formation, or appropriate redox labels. For example, NADH oxidase: Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked NADH oxidase allows direct detection of electron production followed by the reduction of di-oxygen to hydrogen peroxide. Electrochemical measurements ofthe redox reaction allows detection of the interaction between the enzyme labeled passive oligonucleotide and the TRCA products.
Alternatively, moφhinone reductase and thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to moφhinone reductase allows detection via electron transfer concomitant with the reduction of NADH using codeinone as the oxidizing substrate. Electrochemical measurements ofthe redox reaction allows detection of the interaction between the enzyme labeled passive oligonucleotide and the TRCA products.
Suitable chromophoric substrates can include bδ-lactamase. Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to a bδ-lactamase allows detection of a passive oligonucleotide via cleavage of a chromophoric substrate (i.e. nitrocefin). Cleavage ofthe bδ-lactam ring results in a change in the absorbance maxima of the chromophore. An increase in the absorbance maxima of the cleavage product is an indicator of an interaction between a bδ-lactamase linked passive oligonucleotide and TRCA products. Fluorescent substrates can utilize the action of proteases. Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to an any protease (i.e., Ser, Cys, Lys, Metallo, caspase proteases) allows detection via cleavage of a peptide substrate containing a FRET-Quench pair on its termini. Cleavage of the peptide thus results in fluorescence increase of the donor molecule. bδ-δlactamase δ όbδ-lactamase activity can also be detected by a substrate molecules that changes from green to blue when cleaved (due to disruption of FRET) (Zlokarnik et al., 1998). The change in emission ratio reveals interaction between a bδ-lactamase linked passive oligonucleotide TRCA products.
Thiol end labeled oligonucleotides disulfide linked to carbonic anhydrase allows detection of a passive oligonucleotide via a pH sensitive fluorophore, pyranine (Shingles and Moroney, 1997). Production of CO2 changes the pH ofthe solution and increases the fluorescence of the indicator. Thiol end labeled oligonucleotides disulfide linked to a protein kinase (Kinase C Casein kinase, Tyrosine kinase, MAP kinase) allows detection ofthe oligonucleotide via cleavage of a FRET-quench pair labeled substrate causes an increase in the fluorescence ofthe donor molecule.
Detection methods can also be based on metal binding proteins. For example, in the Zinc binding/metallothionein system, the 20 Cys residues in metallothionein allows binding of seven Zn2+ per enzyme molecule. Addition of a reducing agent to the complex of the thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to a 7: 1 metallothionein:Zn2+ complex results in release of the bound Zn2+ (Maret and Vallee, 1998). Quantitation of free Zn2+ with an indicator dye allows quantitiation of the interaction between the passive oligonucleotide and the TRCA amplification.
In calcium binding/calmodulin-based systems, thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to fluorescently labeled calmodulin can be detected by Ca+ induced changes in protein fluorescence (Blair et al., 1994). Alternatively, bound unlabeled calmodulin can be detected using a
Ca2+ luminescent analog such as a lanthanide (Hill et al., 1994) or quinoline indicator (Tatsumi et al., 1997). Since one protein will bind per interaction between the passive oligonucleotide and a TRCA product, any of these methods will allow quantitiation of the TRCA amplification. An additional detection system is based on Green Fluorescent Protein/Green Fluorescent Protein tags (GFP). Thiol end labeled passive oligonucleotides disulfide linked to GFP and/or GFP -tagged proteins allows direct fluorescence detection ofthe interaction between the passive oligonucleotide and the amplified TRCA products.
Alternatively, oligonucleotides directly labeled with haptens (digoxigenin, i.e. biotin) can be detected using both chemiluminescence and enzyme linked antibodies using methods know to those skilled in the art.
TRCA nucleic acid products can additionally be detected using intercalating agents such as but not limited to pyrylium iodide (P2), propidium iodide (PI) , ethidium bromide, TOTO, YOYO, Sybr Green, neocarzinostatin, cisplatin, bleomycin, using methods known to those skilled in the art.
Wave Guides
Using a two-dimensional optical wave guide and light scattering labels hybridization patterns on PBSH aπays can be detected (Abbott Labs, Stimpson et al., 1995). An aπay detection oligonucleotide contains a label recognized by an antibody conjugate linked to a large light scattering atom such as selenium. The evanescent wave created by the wave guide scatters light from a particular source allows measurement of only the bound oligonucleotide.
The invention will be further described in the following examples, which do not limit the scope ofthe invention described in the claims.
Example 1
Heat Denaturation of Biotin Labeled Target Nucleic Acid Biotin labeled nucleic acids are immobilized on streptavidin beads (Dynal, Lake Success, NY) in a microtiter well containing 5 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 0.5 mM EDTA, 1.0 mM NaCl according to manufacturer's instructions. The nucleic acids are heat denatured at 95 degrees C for 5 minutes. The sample is chilled on ice for 5 minutes and then placed on a magnet for 2-3 minutes until a tight pellet of beads is formed. The beads are washed with buffer containing no salt. The supernatants are discarded. The single-stranded biotin labeled nucleic acid will remain in the microtiter well.
Example 2
Denaturation of Unlabeled Target Nucleic Acids
Nucleic acids are heated to 90 degrees C for 5 minutes the quick chilled on ice for 2-3 minutes prior to use. Nucleic acids can also de denatured using sodium hydroxide prior to use.
Example 3
Structure of TRCA Probe
A TRCA vector oligonucleotide is prepared having the sequence 5 ' (PO4)-CTTCTGAGGACTCT ATAGC ACTAGC ATGGGAUG- TTATAGATCAATCA
TGTCAGGATTACGATACGCACTAGATAAGTTCT-3' (OH). Upon hybridization to target nucleic acid, the 5' and 3' ends are positioned adjacent to each other as a result ofthe 15 nucleotides on the 5' end and the 15 nucleotides on the 3' end of the TRCA vector being complementary to target nucleic acid sequence. The oligonucleotide has a BstF51 restriction enzyme cleavage site and a deoxyuracil (dU) in place of the thymidine nucleotide in the enzyme recognition site. The restriction enzyme recognition site is placed at a fixed position relative to the sequence tag on the vector. This ensures that, upon cleavage, the coding sequences in each TRCA vector is located at the 5' end ofthe cleaved product, facilitating its inteπogation by the aπayed oligonucleotides.
Example 4
Structure of a Rolling Circle Amplification fRCA) Primer
An RCA primer is prepared having the sequence 5'- TCGTAATCCTGACATGATTGATCTATAA -3 '(OH). The 5' end is unphosphorylated. There is a five nucleotide allele specific sequence tag (TATAA) on the 3' end ofthe primer.
Example 5
Structure of a Rolling Circle Amplification (RCA) Primer
With an Additional 5' Sequence
An RCA primer is prepared having the sequence shown in Example 4, and having the additional sequence 5' -ATCC ACT A at its 5' end.
Example 6
Structure of Cleavage Oligonucleotide
A cleavage oligonucleotide has the sequence 5'- CT AGC ATGGGATGTT AT AGATC AAT -3 ' . The 5 ' end is unphosphorylated and the 3 ' OH is blocked to prevent extension or ligation of the oligonucleotide. The cleavage oligonucleotide anneals to the sequence in the growing concatameric strand providing a double stranded BstF51 restriction enzyme recognition and cleavage site. Following enzymatic digestion, the short cleaved products from the cleavage oligonucleotide dissociate by melting from the cleavage products. The complementary, unit length, amplified products generate a fragment containing the sequence 5'- TTATA-3' at the end of the fragment. This is the complementary sequence to the five nucleotide allele specific marker (TATAA) at the 3' end ofthe RCA primer described in Examples 4, and 5, above.
Example 7
Structure of Capture Oligonucleotide Probe
A capture oligonucleotide contains the sequence 5'- CTGAATTGCTAGCTGTTAGTCGCGCTTAGT-AATAT-3' such that the five 3' bases are complementary to the 5 base tag sequence (5'-ATATT-3') present in the amplified products generated from polymerization from the
TRCA oligonucleotide in Example 4. The 5' end of the oligonucleotide is linked to a gel pad aπay, while the 3' end is available for hybridization.
Example 8 Structure of Array Detection Oligonucleotide
A capture oligonucleotide is constructed containing the sequence 3'-GACTTAACGATCGACAATCAGCACGAATCA-5' such that it contains sequences complementary to the 5' 15 bases ofthe capture probe described in Example 7.
Example 9
Circularization of TRCA Vector by Hybridization/Ligation to a Target Nucleic Acid
A ligation reaction is prepared containing 15 nM single-stranded target nucleic acid, 150 nM TRCA probe, 0.5 mM NAD, 10 mM MgC12
0.01% Triton X-100, and 25 units Ampligase (Epicentre Technologies, Madison, WI) thermostable DNA ligase in 20 mM Tris-HCl buffer (pH 8.3), in a total volume of 50 mδl. The reaction is heated to 90 degrees C for 5 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 1 hour.
Example 10 Primed Amplification of a Circularized TRCA Probe
To the ligation reaction from Example 9 is added 25 mδl of mixture containing 20 mM Tris-HCL (pH 8.3), 0.01% Triton X-100, 30 mM KCL, 3 mM each dATP, dTTP, dCTP, dGTP (one of which is fluorescently labeled), 3 mδM RCA primer, 15 % DMS0, 30 mδM T4 gene-32 DNA binding protein (Amersham Life Sciences, Piscataway, NJ) and 10 units Vent
(exo-) DNA polymerase (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA). The reaction is heated to 90 degrees C for 5 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 120 minutes. Unincoφorated dNTPs are removed by centrifugation using a Sephadex G50 minicolumn (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, Indiana). Incoφoration of fluorescent nucleotides into concatameric DNA is quantitated by direct fluorescence measurements and/or by agarose gel electrophoresis.
Example 11 Detection of Amplified TRCA Products Using Direct Fluorescence Energy
Transfer (FRET from Two Oligomers
FRET DNA oligonucleotides labeled with a 5' fluorescence donor (Fluorescein) and a 3' acceptor (rhodamine) are purchased commercially (Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewisville, TX). To the rolling circle amplification reaction in Example 9, a final concentration of 10 mδM of each fluorescently labeled separate FRET oligomers with Tm > 60 degrees C (125 and 126) are added the reaction, which is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. The reaction is placed at 60 degrees and monitored by the increase in the donor fluorescence emission upon hybridization of the FRET pair oligonucleotides. Example 12
Detection of Amplified TRCA Products Using Thermophilic RNase H and Fluorescence Energy Transfer (FRET
The cleavage oligonucleotide described in Example 6 is labeled with a 5' fluorescence donor (Fluorescein) and a 3' quencher (3- nitrotyrosine). To the TRCA reaction in Example 10, a final concentration of
10 mδM of an FRET-Quench an alternate version of the cleavage oligonucleotide described in Example 6 is added the reaction, which is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. This cleavage oligonucleotide possesses the same nucleotide sequence except the 5 GGGATG 3' sequence is replaced by ribonucleotides (5'GGGAUG 3'). The reaction is placed at 60 degrees C with 10 units ribonuclease H from Thermus thermophilus HB8 (Itaya et al., 1991). Upon hybridization ofthe cleavage oligonucleotide the reaction can be monitored by the increase in the fluorescence emission upon cleavage of the RNA region by RNase H.
Example 13 Cleavage of Double-Stranded TRCA Products Using a Site-Specific
Restriction Endonuclease (RE)
To the TRCA reaction in Example 9, a final concentration of 10 mδM of the restriction enzyme cleavage oligonucleotide (Example 6) is added to the reaction, which is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. The reaction is placed at 65 degrees C and 10 units of BstF51 (New England
Biolabs, Beverly MA) restriction enzyme is added. The reaction is incubated for another 120 minutes at 60 degrees C. Cleavage products are analyzed directly by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and staining with Sybr-Green
11 dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR). Unincoφorated dNTPs are removed and the cleaved amplified DNA by direct fluorescence as described in Example 14.
Example 14
Detection of RE Cleaved TRCA Products Using A FRET-Quench Oligonucleotide
To the TRCA reaction described in Example 10, a final concentration of 10 mδM of a FRET-Quench labeled restriction enzyme cleavage oligonucleotide (Example 6) is added. The reaction is then heated at 90 degrees C for 3 minutes. The reaction is then placed at 65 degrees C and 10 units of BstF51
(New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) restriction enzyme is added. The reaction is incubated for another 120 minutes at 60 degrees C. The amplified DNA is quantitated by the increase in the fluorescence donor emission upon cleavage ofthe double-stranded DNA region by the restriction endonuclease. TRCA products are detected using any of the method described in Example
10.
Example 15
Rolling Circle Amplification Concomitant with Ligation and Restriction Endonuclease Cleavage: Thermophilic RCA
For concomitant ligation, amplification, and cleavage 10 nM single-stranded target nucleic acid, 100 nM TRCA vector, 1 mδM RCA primer (unphosphorylated), 10 mδM of cleavage oligonucleotide (unphosphorylated), 0.5 mM NAD, 10 mM MgC12, 10 mM KCL, 0.01 % Triton X-100, 1 mM each dATP, dTTP, dCTP, dGTP, 5 % DMS0, 10 mδM
T4 gene-32 DNA binding protein, 25 units Ampligase thermostable DNA ligase, 10 units Vent (exo-) DNA polymerase, and 10 units of BstF51 restriction enzyme in 20 mM Tris-HCL buffer (pH 8.3) are heated to 90 degrees C for 2 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 120-240 minutes. Cleaved TRCA products are detected using the method described in Example 11.
Example 16
Rolling Circle Amplification Concomitant with Ligation
And Thermophilic RNaseH Cleavage
For concomitant ligation, amplification, and cleavage, 10 nM single-stranded target nucleic acid, 100 nM TRCA probe, 1 mδM RCA primer (unphosphorylated), 10 mδM of RNaseH cleavage (1.27) FRET-
Quench oligonucleotide (unphosphorylated), 0.5 mM NAD, 10 mM MgC12, 10 mM KCL, 0.01 % Triton X-100, 1 mM each dATP, dTTP, dCTP, dGTP, 5 % DMS0, 10 mδM T4 gene-32 DNA binding protein, 25 units Ampligase thermostable DNA ligase, 10 units Vent (exo-) DNA polymerase, and 10 units of thermophile Thermus thermophilus HB8 RnaseH in 20mM Tris-HCL buffer (pH 8.3) are heated to 90 degrees C for 2 minutes then incubated at 60 degrees C for 120-240 minutes. The amplified DNA is analyzed using the method described in example 12.
Example 17
Aπay Detection of Restriction Enzyme Cleaved TRCA Products Using a Fluorescently Labeled Detection Oligonucleotides
Flourescently labeled aπay detection oligonucleotides (Example 8) are purchased commercially (i.e, Biosynthesis, Lewisville, TX). Restriction-enzyme cleaved TRCA products containing a tag sequence at the end ofthe single-strand nucleic acid are partitioned on a acrylamide gel pad aπay containing the aπay oligonucleotide and the capture probe described in Example 8. Hybridization ofthe five nucleotide tag sequences present on the 3' end of the capture probe and the 3' end ofthe RE cleavage product is detected by ligation between the RE cleaved TRCA fragments and the aπay detection oligonucleotide described in Example 8. The ligated aπay detection oligonucleotides is visualized and quantitated using direct fluorescence.
Example 18
Aπay detection of Restriction Enzyme Cleaved TRCA Products Using a Hapten Labeled Detection Oligonucleotides
Aπay detection oligonucleotides (Example 8) are synthesiszed commercially possessing haptens such as digoxigenin or biotin at either the 5' or 3' end (i.e., Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewisville, TX). Restriction enzyme cleaved TRCA products are aπayed using the method described in Example 17. Hapten labeled aπay detection probes are visualized using direct and enzyme-linked methods.
Example 19
Crosslinking a 3'SH Oligonucleotide to a Detection Protein By Disulfide Bond Formation
Thiol labeled oligonucleotides are obtained from a commercial vendor (Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewsiville, TX). Disulfide bond formation is detected by detecting the SH-labeled oligonucleotide.
Example 20
Detection of a SH labeled-Oligonucleotide Using the Zinc Binding Protein Metallothionein Metallothionein (MT) is prepared from rabbit or human, reduced, and reconstituted with the zinc such that 7 zinc molecules are bound to the 20 Cys residues as described(Maret and Vallee, 1998). Bound zinc is quantitated using atomic absoφtion spectrophotometry. The MT-zinc complex is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation as described in Example 19. Unlabeled oligonucleotide is removed by size exclusion chromatography. Excess MT-zinc-oligonucleotide is reacted on the PBSH aπay such that ligation ofthe 3' end ofthe TRCA amplified target nucleic acid with the 5' end ofthe labeled passive oligonucleotide occurs. Excess MT-zinc-oligonucleotide is removed and zinc is released from the
MT-oligonucleotide using a reducing agent such as dithiodipyridine. Free zinc is quantitated using a zinc-complexing dye such as 4-(2- pyridylazo)resorcinol (PAR; eδ500nm = 65,000 M-l cm-1 at 500 nm or 2- carboxy-2 -hydroxy-5 sulformazylbenzne (Zincon, δeδ620nm = 17,500 M-l cm-1.
Example 21
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using Calcium Induced Conformational Changes In Fluorescein Labeled Calmodulin (F-CaM
Purified F-CaM (Sigma) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide as described in Example 19. Calcium (Ca+) is added in 10-fold excess to the reaction. Free Ca2+ is removed. Ca2+ bound to CaM causes conformation changes in the F-CaM-oligonucleotide which are detected is a fiber optic sensor method described by Blair et al., 1994. Example 22
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using Lanthanide Binding to Calmodulin (CaM)
Purified CaM (Santa Cruz Biotechnologies, Santa Cruz, CA) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide as described in Example 19. Calmodulin-oligonucleotide is detected using the lanthanide TBC13 (Aldrich). Excess lanthanide is removed by washing and calmodulin-bound lanthanide is detected by excitation using a Xenon lamp from 270-385nm for TB3+ or 320- 385 for Eu3+. Emission is monitored above 515nm.
Example 23
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using Quin2 Binding to CaM
Purified CaM (Santa Cruz Biotechnologies, Santa Cruz, CA) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide as described in Example 19. Calmodulin-oligonucleotide is detected by addition ofthe quinoline indicator quin2 ad described by Tatsumi et al., 1997.
Example 24
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using Caspase Activity
Purified Caspase protease (Santa Cruz Biotechnologies, Santa Cruz, CA) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19. Unlabeled oligonucleotide is removed by size exclusion chromatography. Caspase activity is then detected by hydrolysis ofthe substrate
Carboxybenzoxy-Asp-Glu-Val-Asp-7-amino-4-trifluromethyl coumarin (Enzyme System Products) at pH 7.2 as described by Stennick and Salvesen, 1997. Hydrolysis is monitored by the release of 7-amino-4-trifluromethyl coumarin as fluorescence emission at 505nm upon excitation at 400nm.
Example 25 Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using
Thermophilic Beta-NADH Oxidase
Purified NADH Oxidase from Thermus aquaticus (Athey, D. and McNeil, CJ, 1994) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide as described in Example 20. Excess NADH is added to the reaction and incubated at 60 degrees C. Oxidation is followed by concomitant two electron reduction of di-oxygen to hydrogen peroxide. Hydrogen peroxide is detected by oxidation at a platinum electrode as described by Athey, D. and McNeil, CJ, 1994).
Example 26 Detectionn of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide
Using bδ-Lactam Cleavage
Purified TEM-1 bδ-lactamase is reacted with the 3 SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19. bδ-lactamase activity is assayed using 1 mM nitrocefin (UniPath, chromophoric cephalosporin). Cleavage ofthe bδ- lactam ring is monitored by the increase in absorbance at 482nm (eδ482 =12,000 M-l cm-1).
Example 27 Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using the Copper
Monoamine Oxidase Galactose Oxidase Yeast copper amine Oxidase (Cai, D. and Klinmin, JP, 1994) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 18. Amine oxidase activity is assayed using 5 mM methylamine as a substrate (Sigma). Oxygen consumption is monitored using an oxygen electrode (Yellow Springs
Instrument).
Example 28
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using Reduction of NADH by Moφhinone Reductase
Purified moφhinone reductase (Craig et al., 1998) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19. Activity is measured by the reduction of excess NADH using the oxidizing substrate codeinone as described by Craig et al., 1998.
Example 29
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide Using Protein Kinase C Alpha
Protein Kinase C alpha (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end ofthe nucleic acid as described in Example 19. Kinase activity is detected using a 13 amino acid peptide substrate with the sequence Arg-Phe- Ala-Arg-Lys-Gly-Ser-Leu-Arg-Gln-Lys-Asn-Val. The contains the FRET-
Quench pair described in Example 12 (Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewisville, TX). Cleavage ofthe labeled peptide allows fluorescence increase ofthe fluorescence donor similar to the method described in Example 24. Example 30
Detection of a Biotin Aπay Oligonucleotide using a Selenium- Antibody Conjugate Optical Wave Guide Biotin labeled aπay oligonucleotides are obtained from
Biosynthesis, Inc., Lewisville, TX. Selenium colloloid and selenium- antibody conjugates are prepared and the hybridization and staining for the optical wave guides are performed as described by Stimpson et al., 1994.
Example 31
Detection of a SH Labeled-Oligonucleotide
Using Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP)
GFP is reacted with the 3'SH oligonucleotide to allow disulfide bond formation at the 3 'end of the nucleic acid as described in Example 18. Fluorescent of GFP is detected directly.
Example 32
In this embodiment, a pre-formed circular vector is applied to single- stranded cDNA in order to identify and quantitate the RNA molecules in a population of RNA molecules obtained from normal and disease cells. A population of circular vectors is applied to gel pad aπays containing cDNA or RNA, columns and affinity chromatography using cDNA or RNA (see 5,714,320) or aπays of cDNA or RNA attached to a solid support (see, e.g., 5,503,980, Affymetrix and Synteni patents). The circular vectors include: (1 ) region of random DNA sequence (e.g., 5-50 bases, preferably 12 bases); (2) A region containing a recognition sequence for a type IIS restriction enzyme that cleaves in the middle ofthe region of random DNA sequence (note: this region may be designed to form a haiφin or other structure as described in 5,714,320); (3) Additional DNA sequence that is, ideally, not complementary to any ofthe target nucleic acid sequences (RNA or cDNA) such that the complete vector contains between 50-1500 bases.
Those circular vectors that recognize sequences in the target are separated from the population of circular vectors added to the target nucleic acids. Background hybridization can be minimized by including linear DNA that contains all ofthe vector sequence except for the region of random DNA. The isolated circular vectors are amplified using rolling circle amplification (e.g., in the presence of a fluorescent nucleotides), the DNA is cleaving, e.g., using a restriction enzyme, and the resulting fragments are analyzed, e.g., inteπogated on an indexing linker aπay (if dsDNA) see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor aπay (if ssDNA) see, e.g., 5,503,980. Preferably the analysis is performed in a 3 dimensional gel pad aπay, see, e.g., 5,552,270.
In another embodiment, circular vectors (as above) are used to identify the presence of mutations and SNPs by having a region ofthe circular DNA complementary to a mutation or SNP such that the circular DNA specifically binds to the mutation or SNP. Circular vectors complementary to a mutation or SNP will be isolated through application to a population of target DNA molecules (cDNA or RNA) e.g., bound to a solid support, a gel pad or a bead. The target DNA can be present as either an ordered aπay of distinct molecules, or as a non-ordered aπay of molecules on a solid support, a gel pad or a bead. The resulting vectors are amplified by rolling circle amplification (e.g., in the presence of a fluorescent nucleotides), can be fragmented by restriction enzymes, and are analyzed, e.g., on an Indexing Linker (if dsDNA) see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor aπay (if ssDNA) see, e.g., 5,503,980. Vectors can be separated into pools to prevent hybridization between the vectors (dsDNA probes should be avoided) and to maximize hybridization fidelity in any method described herein. The vector pools are applied to anchored target nucleic acid (genomic DNA, amplified DNA, cDNA or RNA) and those that hybridize to sequences in the target nucleic acid are isolated from the pool (conditions selected that maximize hybridization fidelity for each vector pool). The identity ofthe isolated vectors is determined by RCA, where the isolated oligo probes act as both a "positioning oligo" and an RCA primer (see 5,714,320). The DNA derived from rolling circle amplification (in the presence of a fluorescent nucleotides) is cleaved using a restriction enzyme, and the resulting fragments can be inteπogated on an Indexing Linker array (if dsDNA) see, e.g., 5,508,169 or a Cantor aπay (if ssDNA) see. e.g., 5,503,980.
Example 33 A linear DNA vector probe is designed with two, random, e.g., 5mer, sequences in either end ofthe vector. There are 1024 possible 5mer sequences, so this would entail the synthesis of 1,048,576 linear vectors. The vectors will share one or a small number of common backbones, where each backbone can include a type IIS restriction site and a priming site for DNA synthesis. The vectors should be grouped such that the random 5mers in a given group of vectors can not be brought together by the common backbone sequence. The sequence ofthe target nucleic acid will then facilitate the circularization of a subset ofthe probe vectors, with each circularized probe vector representing a short contiguous, e.g., 10 basepair, stretch of target DNA. The DNA is amplified using RCA in the presence of fluorescent nucleotides. The single-stranded product of rolling circle amplification is rendered double-stranded by the annealing of un-circularized, complementary probe vector. The dsDNA RCA product is analyzed. It can be fragmented, e.g., using a typellS restriction enzyme such that the DNA is cleaved in the middle ofthe short region generated by the ligation reaction. The dsDNA fragments generated by the restriction digest are analyzed, e.g., on an aπay of indexing linkers (see, e.g., 5,508,169). If the probe vector is labeled with a capture moiety, e.g., biotin group, then it is possible to render the dsDNA fragments generated from fragmentation ofthe RCA product single-stranded by thermal denaturation following the addition of capture moiety reactive, e.g., substrate, e.g., strapavidin-labeled substrate, e.g., magnetic beads or solid support. The single-stranded DNA fragments can then be analyzed on a Cantor aπay. The DNA sequence ofthe target DNA is reconstructed using overlap analysis according to the procedure of Drmanac et al. (see, e.g., 5,525,464; 5,492,806; 5,202,231; 5,695,940). Other embodiments are within the claims:

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A method of analyzing a sample comprising:
(1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template; and
(c) cleaving the oligonucleotide product to produce cleaved amplified product, thereby analyzing a sample provided that: the oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template, the formation of said oligonucleotide product and its cleavage occur simultaneously or, at least one component, the TRCA primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer is more sensitive to cleavage than is the circular template.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the formation of said oligonucleotide product and its cleavage occur simultaneously. i l l
4. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one component, the TRCA primer, the sample, or the product is immobilized.
5. The method of claim 1, further comprising: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c by providing an aπay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique region; and hybridizing the product with the aπay of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the circular template has one or more nucleotides or modified nucleotides which are resistant to cleavage.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the circular template includes one or more of deoxy uracil, or a methylated or hemimethylated base.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein cleavage ofthe oligonucleotide multimer is effected by hybridization of a cleavage probe and said cleavage probe is chosen such that it cannot displace a strand from the circular template, thus allowing cleavage of only the oligonucleotide multimer.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template.
12. A method of analyzing a polynucleotide in a sample comprising: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed;
(2) (a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a plurality of single-stranded circular templates, wherein each single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and optionally, (ii) at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site, and (iii) an identifier sequence which allows it to be distinguished from at least one other circular template ofthe plurality;
(b) combining the circular templates with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide product complementary to a circular oligonucleotide template, and (c) cleaving the oligonucleotide product at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
13. The method of claim 12, further comprising: (3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c by providing an aπay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positionally distinguishable capture probe includes a unique region complementing to an identifier sequence, and hybridizing the product with the aπay of capture probes.
14. The method of claim 12, wherein the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
15. The method of claim 12, wherein the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
16. The method of claim 12, wherein the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template.
17. The method of claim 12, wherein the method detects a genetic event in the sample and the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
18. A method of analyzing a polynucleotide in a sample comprising:
(1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence to be analyzed; (2)(a) annealing an effective amount of sample sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template comprises (i) at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample sequence and (ii) at least one nucleotide effective to produce a cleavage site; (b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of a TRCA primer, at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template, wherein the oligonucleotide multimer comprises multiple copies (amplified) ofthe sample sequence; and optionally
(c) providing (i) an effective amount of a cleavage primer which can hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer, wherein the cleavage primer has at least one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal; or (ii) an effective amount of a first detection oligonucleotide having a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide having having a second detecting moiety wherein the first and second detection moieties hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety; and
(3) analyzing said product from (2) b or c, e.g., thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the cleavage primer has one copy of a cleavage site flanked by a first and second detection moiety, and wherein the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first moiety and upon cleavage at the cleavage site, the distance between the two moieties increases, resulting in an alteration ofthe signal, and cleaving the oligonucleotide multimer at the cleavage site to produce the cleaved amplified product.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein the first detection oligonucleotide has a first detecting moiety and a second oligonucleotide has a second detecting moiety, wherein the first and second oligonucleotides hybridize to the oligonucleotide multimer so that upon hybridization the first detection oligonucleotide hybridizes sufficiently close to the second detection oligonucleotide, such that the second detection moiety affects the signal produced by the first detection moiety.
21. The method of claim 18, wherein the signal increases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
22. The method of claim 18, wherein the signal decreases upon cleavage at the cleavage site.
23. The method of claim 18, wherein the circular oligonucleic template (of any step) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a single positioning oligonucleotide, e.g., a sample sequence, having a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 3' end of the linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence comprising the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned so as to abut each other; and (b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template
24. A rolling circle vector wherein the vector comprises:
(1) a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complementary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid; a binding site for a type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the cleavage site for the type IIS restriction enzyme is located within the first nucleic acid contacting region; optionally,a primer target sequence, which can be used to provide for amplification of the vector when it circularized; a second type IIS restriction enzyme binding site; a second nucleic acid contacting region that is complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid and which includes the cleavage site for the second type IIS restriction enzyme, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends of the vector can be joined; or
(2) a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complimentary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid (in prefeπed embodiments one or more nucleotides of this region can vary in a population of vectors, for example one vector could have (t) at an inteπogation position while another vector could have (a) at the inteπogation position); optionally a primer sequence which allows for rolling circle amplification ofthe vector; optionally a spacer region; a sequence tag region, which preferably includes four to ten nucleotide, which can allow for identification ofthe vector; optionally a cleavage site for example a site for cleavage by a restriction enzyme; a second nucleic acid contacting region which is complimentary to a second portion ofthe target nucleic acid, wherein the first and second target portions are disposed such that upon hybridization ofthe vector to the target the ends ofthe vector can be joined.
25. A method of providing a nucleotide fragment containing a target sequence compising: providing a target nucleic acid sequence; contacting the target nucleic acid sequence with the vector of claim 24 comprising a first nucleic acid contacting region which is complementary to a first portion of a target nucleic acid, and allowing the rolling circle amplification.
26. A plurality ofthe vectors of claim 24, wherein the plurality include the vector having a first nucleotide at the inteπogation position and a vector having a second nucleotide at the inteπogation position.
27. A method of analyzing a test nucleotide in a sample comprising: (1) providing a sample which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence, which includes a test nucleotide, to be analyzed;
(2)(a) annealing an effective amount of sample polynucleotide sequence to a single-stranded circular template, wherein the single-stranded circular template includes at least one copy of a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence ofthe sample polynucleotide sequence and optionally,
(b) combining the circular template with an effective amount of at least two types of nucleotide triphosphates and an effective amount of a polymerase enzyme to yield a product, e.g., a single-stranded oligonucleotide multimer complementary to the circular oligonucleotide template; and
(c) cleaving the product to produce cleaved amplified product, wherein upon cleavage, the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, is sufficiently close to an end ofthe cleaved amplified product such that its presence can be detected by its effect on a reaction which involves the end nucleotide ofthe cleavage product.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the reaction is selected from the group consisting of a hybridization reaction, a ligation reaction, a polymerization reaction, a restriction or other cleavage reaction.
29. The method of claim 27 wherein the test nucleotide, or its complementary nucleotide, is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe cleaved amplified product.
30. The method of claim 27, wherein the circular oligonucleic template is prepared by a process which includes the steps of: (a) hybridizing each end of a linear precursor oligonucleotide to a positioning oligonucleotide wherein the positioning oligonucleotide has a 5' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 3' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide and a 3' nucleotide sequence complementary to a portion ofthe sequence which includes the 5' end ofthe linear precursor oligonucleotide, to yield an open oligonucleotide circle wherein the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open circle are positioned such that they can be joined, and
(b) joining the 5' end and the 3' end ofthe open oligonucleotide circle to yield a circular oligonucleotide template
31. The method of claim 27, wherein the reactions in one or more, and preferably all of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed at the same temperature.
32. The method of claim 27, wherein the reactions in one or more of steps 1, 2, and 3 are performed in the same container.
33. The method of claim 27, further comprising analyzing a sample polynucleotide sequence includes sequencing at least one nucleotide ofthe polynucleotide sequence, sequencing by hybridization, or positional sequencing by hybridization.
34. The method of claim 27, wherein the method detects a genetic event in the sample and the genetic event is within 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 base pairs from the end ofthe target molecule, or is sufficiently close to the end ofthe target molecule that a mismatch would inhibit DNA polymerase-based extension from a target/ primed circle.
35. The method of claim 27, further comprising: analyzing said product from (2) b or c by providing an aπay of a plurality of capture probes, wherein each ofthe capture probes is positionally distinguishable from other capture probes ofthe plurality on the aπay, and wherein each positional distinguishable capture probe includes a unique region; and hybridizing the product with the aπay of capture probes, thereby analyzing the sample sequence.
36. A method of analyzing a test nucleotide in a sample comprising:
(1) providing a sample, which includes a sample polynucleotide sequence, which includes a test nucleotide, to be analyzed;
(2)(a) annealing an effective amount of sample polynucleotide sequence to an oligonucleotide, wherein the oligonucleotide includes preferably in a 5' to 3' orientation, a unique region which is complementary to a target sequence in the sample polynucleotide sequence, optionally a spacer region, a first pairing region, a connecting region which preferably is not homologous to the sample sequence, optionally a second spacer region, a second pairing region which is complementary to the first pairing region, and a second unique region complementary to a second adjacent sequence in the target polynucleotide; wherein hybridization ofthe unique regions to the sample promotes formation of a duplex between said first and second pairing regions, and wherein said duplex includes a cleavage site;
(b) cleaving the duplex to produce a cleaved product; and (c) allowing the ends ofthe cleaved product to be joined, thereby forming a circular molecule, wherein formation ofthe circular molecule is indicative ofthe presence of a sample sequence.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the method further includes: ligating the cleaved product to form a circle and using the circle to promote rolling circle amplification, e.g., to produce an oligonucleotide product.
38. The method of claim 36, wherein the method further includes: providing a ligation template oligonucleotide which hybridizes to the cleaved product and thereby brings the ends ofthe cleaved product in proximity for a reaction, e.g., ligation.
PCT/US1999/018808 1998-08-17 1999-08-17 Rolling circle-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence WO2000009738A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU55706/99A AU5570699A (en) 1998-08-17 1999-08-17 Rolling circle-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US9683098P 1998-08-17 1998-08-17
US60/096,830 1998-08-17
US10253598P 1998-09-09 1998-09-09
US60/102,535 1998-09-30
US10688598P 1998-11-03 1998-11-03
US10691098P 1998-11-03 1998-11-03
US60/106,910 1998-11-03
US60/106,885 1998-11-03

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000009738A1 WO2000009738A1 (en) 2000-02-24
WO2000009738A9 true WO2000009738A9 (en) 2000-05-18

Family

ID=27492872

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/018808 WO2000009738A1 (en) 1998-08-17 1999-08-17 Rolling circle-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU5570699A (en)
WO (1) WO2000009738A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9441267B2 (en) 1999-04-20 2016-09-13 Illumina, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7595883B1 (en) 2002-09-16 2009-09-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biological analysis arrangement and approach therefor
US20200199661A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2020-06-25 Stem Arts Projects, Llc Reaction condition composition for circularizing oligonucleotide probes

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2688515B1 (en) * 1992-03-13 1995-03-31 Institut Rech Agronomique THERMOSENSITIVE PLASMID.
US5714320A (en) * 1993-04-15 1998-02-03 University Of Rochester Rolling circle synthesis of oligonucleotides and amplification of select randomized circular oligonucleotides
US5834252A (en) * 1995-04-18 1998-11-10 Glaxo Group Limited End-complementary polymerase reaction
US5942391A (en) * 1994-06-22 1999-08-24 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Nucleic acid amplification method: ramification-extension amplification method (RAM)
US5648245A (en) * 1995-05-09 1997-07-15 Carnegie Institution Of Washington Method for constructing an oligonucleotide concatamer library by rolling circle replication

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9441267B2 (en) 1999-04-20 2016-09-13 Illumina, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2000009738A1 (en) 2000-02-24
AU5570699A (en) 2000-03-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10837059B2 (en) Multiplex nucleic acid reactions
EP1040202B1 (en) Dna polymorphism identity determination using flow cytometry
AU2001238389B2 (en) Parallel genotyping of multiple patient samples
US8003354B2 (en) Multiplex nucleic acid reactions
US20020168645A1 (en) Analysis of polynucleotide sequence
JP2003521252A (en) Nucleic acid detection method using universal priming
AU2001238389A1 (en) Parallel genotyping of multiple patient samples
EP2246438A1 (en) Multiplex nucleic acid reactions
WO2000009738A9 (en) Rolling circle-based analysis of polynucleotide sequence
Gut An overview of genotyping and single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US US US US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US US US US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 1/12-12/12, DRAWINGS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1/9-9/9; DUE TO LATE TRANSMITTAL BY THE RECEIVINGOFFICE

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase